US8540692B2 - Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from vials - Google Patents

Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from vials Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US8540692B2
US8540692B2 US13/273,156 US201113273156A US8540692B2 US 8540692 B2 US8540692 B2 US 8540692B2 US 201113273156 A US201113273156 A US 201113273156A US 8540692 B2 US8540692 B2 US 8540692B2
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
vial
adaptor
bag
extractor
sheath
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
US13/273,156
Other versions
US20120035580A1 (en
Inventor
Thomas F. Fangrow
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
ICU Medical Inc
Original Assignee
ICU Medical Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ICU Medical Inc filed Critical ICU Medical Inc
Priority to US13/273,156 priority Critical patent/US8540692B2/en
Publication of US20120035580A1 publication Critical patent/US20120035580A1/en
Priority to US14/032,936 priority patent/US9107808B2/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US8540692B2 publication Critical patent/US8540692B2/en
Assigned to ICU MEDICAL, INC. reassignment ICU MEDICAL, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FANGROW, THOMAS F.
Assigned to WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT reassignment WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT SECURITY AGREEMENT Assignors: ICU MEDICAL, INC.
Assigned to ICU MEDICAL, INC. reassignment ICU MEDICAL, INC. RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Assigned to WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION reassignment WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION SECURITY AGREEMENT Assignors: ICU MEDICAL, INC.
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J1/00Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
    • A61J1/14Details; Accessories therefor
    • A61J1/20Arrangements for transferring or mixing fluids, e.g. from vial to syringe
    • A61J1/2096Combination of a vial and a syringe for transferring or mixing their contents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J1/00Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
    • A61J1/14Details; Accessories therefor
    • A61J1/20Arrangements for transferring or mixing fluids, e.g. from vial to syringe
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J1/00Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
    • A61J1/14Details; Accessories therefor
    • A61J1/1406Septums, pierceable membranes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J1/00Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
    • A61J1/14Details; Accessories therefor
    • A61J1/1475Inlet or outlet ports
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J1/00Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
    • A61J1/14Details; Accessories therefor
    • A61J1/20Arrangements for transferring or mixing fluids, e.g. from vial to syringe
    • A61J1/2089Containers or vials which are to be joined to each other in order to mix their contents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/162Needle sets, i.e. connections by puncture between reservoir and tube ; Connections between reservoir and tube
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J1/00Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
    • A61J1/05Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes for collecting, storing or administering blood, plasma or medical fluids ; Infusion or perfusion containers
    • A61J1/10Bag-type containers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J1/00Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
    • A61J1/14Details; Accessories therefor
    • A61J1/20Arrangements for transferring or mixing fluids, e.g. from vial to syringe
    • A61J1/2003Accessories used in combination with means for transfer or mixing of fluids, e.g. for activating fluid flow, separating fluids, filtering fluid or venting
    • A61J1/2006Piercing means
    • A61J1/201Piercing means having one piercing end
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J1/00Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
    • A61J1/14Details; Accessories therefor
    • A61J1/20Arrangements for transferring or mixing fluids, e.g. from vial to syringe
    • A61J1/2003Accessories used in combination with means for transfer or mixing of fluids, e.g. for activating fluid flow, separating fluids, filtering fluid or venting
    • A61J1/2048Connecting means
    • A61J1/2051Connecting means having tap means, e.g. tap means activated by sliding
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J1/00Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
    • A61J1/14Details; Accessories therefor
    • A61J1/20Arrangements for transferring or mixing fluids, e.g. from vial to syringe
    • A61J1/2003Accessories used in combination with means for transfer or mixing of fluids, e.g. for activating fluid flow, separating fluids, filtering fluid or venting
    • A61J1/2068Venting means
    • A61J1/2072Venting means for internal venting
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J1/00Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
    • A61J1/14Details; Accessories therefor
    • A61J1/20Arrangements for transferring or mixing fluids, e.g. from vial to syringe
    • A61J1/2003Accessories used in combination with means for transfer or mixing of fluids, e.g. for activating fluid flow, separating fluids, filtering fluid or venting
    • A61J1/2068Venting means
    • A61J1/2075Venting means for external venting
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M39/00Tubes, tube connectors, tube couplings, valves, access sites or the like, specially adapted for medical use
    • A61M39/10Tube connectors; Tube couplings
    • A61M2039/1061Break-apart tubing connectors or couplings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M39/00Tubes, tube connectors, tube couplings, valves, access sites or the like, specially adapted for medical use
    • A61M39/10Tube connectors; Tube couplings
    • A61M2039/1066Tube connectors; Tube couplings having protection means, e.g. sliding sleeve to protect connector itself, shrouds to protect a needle present in the connector, protective housing, isolating sheath
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M39/00Tubes, tube connectors, tube couplings, valves, access sites or the like, specially adapted for medical use
    • A61M39/10Tube connectors; Tube couplings
    • A61M2039/1072Tube connectors; Tube couplings with a septum present in the connector
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S383/00Flexible bags
    • Y10S383/904Filling tube
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S604/00Surgery
    • Y10S604/905Aseptic connectors or couplings, e.g. frangible, piercable
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T156/00Adhesive bonding and miscellaneous chemical manufacture
    • Y10T156/10Methods of surface bonding and/or assembly therefor
    • Y10T156/1052Methods of surface bonding and/or assembly therefor with cutting, punching, tearing or severing
    • Y10T156/1056Perforating lamina
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T29/00Metal working
    • Y10T29/49Method of mechanical manufacture
    • Y10T29/49826Assembling or joining

Definitions

  • Certain embodiments disclosed herein relate to novel adaptors for coupling with medicinal vials, and novel medicinal vials, to aid in the removal of contents from the vials and/or to aid in the injection of substances therein, while regulating pressure within such vials.
  • a vial adaptor for removing liquid contents from a vial comprises a piercing member and a bag.
  • the bag can be contained within the piercing member such that the bag is introduced to the vial when the vial adaptor is coupled with the vial.
  • the bag expands within the vial as liquid is removed from the vial via the adaptor, thereby regulating pressure within the vial.
  • a vial comprises a bag for regulating pressure within the vial as liquid is removed therefrom.
  • a vial adaptor is coupled with the vial in order to remove the liquid.
  • the bag expands within the vial, and in other embodiments, the bag contracts within the vial.
  • a pressure regulating device comprises a connector configured to couple the device with a vial.
  • the device includes a piercing member having a sheath extending from a base of the piercing member.
  • the piercing member is configured to be inserted into the vial when then device is coupled with the vial.
  • An extractor aperture is formed in the sheath and positioned within a region covering at least about one-eighth of the distance from the base of the piercing member to an end of the sheath.
  • a bag is adapted to be expanded or unfolded inside the vial.
  • the bag is configured to move from a first orientation substantially unexpanded or folded to a second orientation at least partially expanded or unfolded and at least partially inside the vial.
  • the bag is sized and positioned to at least partially fit within the vial when the bag is in the second orientation.
  • the bag comprises a layer that is substantially impermeable to a medicinal fluid disposed within the vial, thereby impeding the passage of said medicinal fluid between an outer surface and an inner surface of the bag.
  • the device regulates the pressure in the vial such that, as the medicinal fluid is withdrawn from the vial, the bag will expand or unfold in order to substantially equilibrate pressure on opposite sides of the bag.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic illustration of a system for removing fluid from and/or injecting fluid into a vial.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration of another system for removing fluid from and/or injecting fluid into a vial.
  • FIG. 3 is an illustration of another system for removing fluid from and/or injecting fluid into a vial.
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view of a vial adaptor and a vial.
  • FIG. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 4 coupled with a vial in an initial stage.
  • FIG. 6A is a cross-sectional view depicting a distal portion of a piercing member of a vial adaptor.
  • FIG. 6B is a cross-sectional view depicting a distal portion of a piercing member of a vial adaptor.
  • FIG. 7 is a partial cross-sectional view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 4 coupled with a vial in a subsequent stage.
  • FIG. 8 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 9 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 10 is a cutaway perspective view of a vial adaptor.
  • FIG. 11 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 12A is a cutaway perspective view of a vial adaptor.
  • FIG. 12B is a partial cutaway perspective view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 12A coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 12C is a cutaway perspective view of a vial adaptor.
  • FIG. 12D is a partial cutaway perspective view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 12C coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 13 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 14 is a bottom plan view of a sleeve comprising multiple sleeve members.
  • FIG. 15A is a cross-sectional view of a nozzle coupled with a bag.
  • FIG. 15B is a partial cross-sectional view of a nozzle coupled with a bag.
  • FIG. 16 is a top plan view of a folded bag.
  • FIG. 17 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 18 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor.
  • FIG. 20A is a partial front plan view of a tab locking mechanism for a vial adaptor.
  • FIG. 20B is a partial front plan view of a tab locking mechanism for a vial adaptor.
  • FIG. 21 is an exploded perspective view of a vial adaptor.
  • FIG. 22 is a perspective view of a housing member of the vial adaptor of FIG. 21 .
  • FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 21 after assembly.
  • FIG. 24 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 25 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 26 is a top plan view of a cap of a vial.
  • FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 28 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial.
  • FIG. 29 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
  • FIG. 30 is an exploded perspective view of a vial adaptor.
  • FIG. 31 is a side plan view of a housing member of the vial adaptor of FIG. 30 .
  • FIG. 32 is a partial cross-sectional view of the housing member of FIG. 31 .
  • FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view of the housing member of FIG. 31 .
  • FIG. 34 is another cross-sectional view of the housing member of FIG. 31 .
  • FIG. 35 is a perspective view of a plug of the vial adaptor of FIG. 30 .
  • FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view of the plug of FIG. 35 .
  • FIG. 37 is a bottom plan view of a cap connector of the vial adaptor of FIG. 30 .
  • FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view of the cap connector of FIG. 37 .
  • FIG. 39 is a top plan view of the cap connector of FIG. 37 .
  • FIG. 40 is an exploded perspective view of an embodiment of a vial adaptor.
  • FIG. 41A is a top plan view of an embodiment of a housing member compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40 .
  • FIG. 41B is an elevation view of the housing member of FIG. 41A .
  • FIG. 42 is an elevation view of an embodiment of a bag compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40 .
  • FIG. 43A is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a bag retainer compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40 .
  • FIG. 43B is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a bag retainer compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40 .
  • FIG. 44A is an elevation view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40 in an assembled state.
  • FIG. 44B is a partial cross-sectional view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 44A .
  • FIG. 45 is a perspective view of another embodiment of a housing member compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40 .
  • FIG. 46 is a perspective view of another embodiment of a housing member compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40 .
  • FIG. 47 is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a housing member compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40 .
  • FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a bag compatible with certain embodiments of the housing member of FIG. 47 .
  • FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a housing member compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40 .
  • introducing the piercing member of a vial adaptor through the septum of a vial can cause the pressure within the vial to rise sharply.
  • This pressure increase can cause fluid to leak from the vial at the interface of the septum and piercing member or at the attachment interface of the adaptor and a medical device, such as a syringe.
  • a medical device such as a syringe.
  • ambient air especially in a hospital setting, may contain various airborne viruses, bacteria, dust, spores, molds, and other unsanitary and harmful debris.
  • the pre-filled ambient air in the syringe may contain one or more of these harmful substances, which may then mix with the medicine or other therapeutic fluid in the vial. If this contaminated fluid is injected directly into a patient's bloodstream, it can be particularly dangerous because it circumvents many of the body's natural defenses to airborne pathogens.
  • patients who need the medicine and other therapeutic fluids are more likely to be suffering from a diminished infection-fighting capacity.
  • the filter is a barrier to fluid, the pressure within the vial will increase as the medical professional continues to force fluid into the vial. As stated above, such pressure increases are prohibited by law in some instances, and in any event, can make it difficult for the user to obtain an accurate dosage. In addition, pressure differences can easily damage the thin and delicate membranes, causing the filters to occasionally leak and permit harmful liquids to escape.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic illustration of a container 10 , such as a medicinal vial, that can be coupled with an extractor 20 and a regulator 30 .
  • the regulator 30 allows the removal of some or all of the contents of the container 10 via the extractor 20 without a significant change of pressure within the container 10 .
  • the container 10 is hermetically sealed to preserve the contents of the container 10 in a sterile environment.
  • the container 10 can be evacuated or pressurized upon sealing.
  • the container 10 is partially or completely filled with a liquid, such as a drug or other medical fluid.
  • one or more gases can also be sealed in the container 10 .
  • the extractor 20 generally provides access to contents of the container 10 such that the contents may be removed or added to.
  • the extractor 20 comprises an opening between the interior and exterior of the container 10 .
  • the extractor 20 can further comprise a passageway between the interior and exterior of the container 10 .
  • the passageway of the extractor 20 can be selectively opened and closed.
  • the extractor 20 comprises a conduit extending through a surface of the container 10 .
  • the extractor 20 can be integrally formed with the container 10 prior to the sealing thereof or introduced to the container 10 after the container 10 has been sealed.
  • the extractor 20 is in fluid communication with the container 10 , as indicated by an arrow 21 .
  • the introduction of the extractor 20 to the container 10 causes a transfer through the extractor 20 .
  • the pressure of the environment that surrounds the container 10 exceeds the pressure within the container 10 , which may cause ambient air from the environment to ingress through the extractor 20 upon insertion of the extractor 20 into the container 10 .
  • the pressure inside the container 10 exceeds that of the surrounding environment, causing the contents of the container 10 to egress through the extractor 20 .
  • the extractor 20 is coupled with an exchange device 40 .
  • the extractor 20 and the exchange device 40 are separable.
  • the extractor 20 and the exchange device 40 are integrally formed.
  • the exchange device 40 is configured to accept fluids and/or gases from the container 10 via the extractor 20 , to introduce fluids and/or gases to the container 10 via the extractor 20 , or to do some combination of the two.
  • the exchange device 40 is in fluid communication with the extractor 20 , as indicated by an arrow 24 .
  • the exchange device 40 comprises a medical instrument, such as a syringe.
  • the exchange device 40 is configured to remove some or all of the contents of the container 10 via the extractor 20 .
  • the exchange device 40 can remove the contents independent of pressure differences, or lack thereof, between the interior of the container 10 and the surrounding environment.
  • an exchange device 40 comprising a syringe can remove the contents of the container 10 if sufficient force is exerted to extract the plunger from the syringe.
  • the exchange device 40 can similarly introduce fluids and/or gases to the container 10 independent of pressure differences between the interior of the container 10 and the surrounding environment.
  • the regulator 30 is coupled with the container 10 .
  • the regulator 30 generally regulates the pressure within the container 10 .
  • the term regulate, or any derivative thereof is a broad term used in its ordinary sense and includes, unless otherwise noted, any active, affirmative, or positive activity, or any passive, reactive, respondent, accommodating, or compensating activity that tends to effect a change.
  • the regulator 30 substantially maintains a pressure difference, or equilibrium, between the interior of the container 10 and the surrounding environment.
  • the term maintain, or any derivative thereof is a broad term used in its ordinary sense and includes the tendency to preserve an original condition for some period, whether or not that condition is ultimately altered. In some instances, the regulator 30 maintains a substantially constant pressure within the container 10 .
  • the pressure within the container 10 varies by no more than about 1 psi, no more than about 2 psi, no more than about 3 psi, no more than about 4 psi, or no more than about 5 psi.
  • the regulator 30 equalizes pressures exerted on the contents of the container 10 .
  • the term equalize, or any derivative thereof is a broad term used in its ordinary sense and includes the movement toward equilibrium, whether or not equilibrium is achieved.
  • the regulator 30 is coupled with the container 10 to allow or encourage equalization of a pressure difference between the interior of the container 10 and some other environment, such as the environment surrounding the container 10 or an environment within the exchange device 40 .
  • a single device comprises the regulator 30 and the extractor 20 , while in other arrangements, the regulator 30 and the extractor 20 are separate units.
  • the regulator 30 is generally in communication with the container 10 , as indicated by an arrow 31 , and a reservoir 50 , as indicated by another arrow 35 .
  • the reservoir 50 comprises at least a portion of the environment surrounding the container 10 .
  • the reservoir 50 comprises a container, canister, bag, or other holder dedicated to the regulator 30 .
  • bag is a broad term used in its ordinary sense and includes, without limitation, any sack, balloon, bladder, receptacle, reservoir, enclosure, diaphragm, or membrane capable of expanding and/or contracting, including structures comprising a flexible, supple, pliable, resilient, elastic, and/or expandable material.
  • the reservoir 50 comprises a gas and/or a liquid.
  • the regulator 30 provides fluid communication between the container 10 and the reservoir 50 .
  • the reservoir 50 comprise mainly gas so as not to dilute any liquid contents of the container 10 .
  • the regulator 30 comprises a filter to purify gas or liquid entering the container 10 , thereby reducing the risk of contaminating the contents of the container 10 .
  • the filter is hydrophobic such that air can enter the container 10 but fluid cannot escape therefrom.
  • the regulator 30 prevents fluid communication between the container 10 and the reservoir 50 .
  • the regulator 30 serves as an interface between the container 10 and the reservoir 50 .
  • the regulator 30 comprises a substantially impervious bag for accommodating ingress of gas and/or liquid to the container 10 or egress of gas and/or liquid from the container 10 .
  • the extractor 20 is located within the container 10 .
  • the extractor 20 can be integrally formed with the container 10 or separate therefrom.
  • the regulator 30 or some portion thereof, is located within the container 10 .
  • the regulator 30 can be placed in the container 10 prior to the sealing thereof or it can be introduced to the container 10 thereafter.
  • the regulator 30 is integrally formed with the container 10 . It is possible to have any combination of the extractor 20 , or some portion thereof, entirely within, partially within, or outside of the container 10 and/or the regulator 30 , or some portion thereof, entirely within, partially within, or outside of the container 10 .
  • the extractor 20 is in fluid communication with the container 10 . In further embodiments, the extractor 20 is in fluid communication with the exchange device 40 , as indicated by the arrow 24 .
  • the regulator 30 can be in fluid or non-fluid communication with the container 10 .
  • the regulator 30 is located entirely within the container 10 .
  • the regulator 30 comprises a closed bag configured to expand or contract within the container 10 to maintain a substantially constant pressure within the container 10 .
  • the regulator 30 is in communication, either fluid or non-fluid, with the reservoir 50 , as indicated by the arrow 35 .
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment of a system 100 comprising a vial 110 , an extractor 120 , and a regulator 130 .
  • the vial 110 comprises a body 112 and a cap 114 .
  • the vial 110 contains a medical fluid 116 and a relatively small amount of sterilized air 118 .
  • the fluid 116 is removed from the vial 110 when the vial 110 is oriented with the cap 114 facing downward (i.e., the cap 114 is between the fluid and the ground).
  • the extractor 120 comprises a conduit 122 fluidly connected at one end to an exchange device 140 , which comprises a standard syringe 142 with a plunger 144 .
  • the conduit 122 extends through the cap 114 and into the fluid 116 .
  • the regulator 130 comprises a bag 132 and a conduit 134 .
  • the bag 132 and the conduit 134 are in fluid communication with a reservoir 150 , which comprises the ambient air surrounding both the system 100 and the exchange device 140 .
  • the bag 132 comprises a substantially impervious material such that the fluid 116 and the air 118 inside the vial 110 do not contact the ambient air located at the interior of the bag 132 .
  • the pressure on the syringe plunger 144 is equal to the pressure on the interior of the bag 132 , and the system 100 is in equilibrium.
  • the plunger 144 can be withdrawn to fill the syringe 142 with the fluid 116 . Withdrawing the plunger 144 increases the effective volume of the vial 110 , thereby decreasing the pressure within the vial 110 .
  • a decrease of pressure within the vial 110 increases the difference in pressure between the interior and exterior of the bag 132 , which causes the bag 132 to expand and force fluid into the syringe 142 .
  • the bag 132 expands within the vial 110 to a new volume that compensates for the volume of the fluid 116 withdrawn from the vial 110 .
  • the system is again in equilibrium.
  • the system 100 operates near equilibrium, facilitating withdrawal of the fluid 116 .
  • the plunger 144 remains at the position to which it is withdrawn, thereby allowing removal of an accurate amount of the fluid 116 from the vial 110 .
  • the increased volume of the bag 132 is approximately equal to the volume of liquid removed from the vial 110 . In some arrangements, the volume of the bag 132 increases at a slower rate as greater amounts of fluid are withdrawn from the vial 110 such that the volume of fluid withdrawn from the vial 110 is greater than the increased volume of the bag 132 .
  • the bag 132 can stretch to expand beyond a resting volume. In some instances, the stretching gives rise to a restorative force that effectively creates a difference in pressure between the inside of the bag 132 and the inside of the vial 110 . For example, a slight vacuum inside the vial 110 can be created when the bag 132 is stretched.
  • the fluid 116 than desired initially might be withdrawn inadvertently.
  • some of the air 118 in the vial 110 initially might be withdrawn, creating unwanted bubbles within the syringe 142 . It may thus be desirable to inject some of the withdrawn fluid 116 and/or air 118 back into the vial 110 , which can be accomplished by depressing the plunger 144 . Depressing the plunger 144 increases the pressure inside the vial 110 and causes the bag 132 to contract. When the manual force applied to the plunger 144 ceases, the plunger is again exposed to atmospheric pressure alone, as is the interior of the bag 132 . Accordingly, the system 100 is again at equilibrium. Because the system 100 operates near equilibrium as the fluid 116 and/or the air 118 are injected into the vial 110 , the pressure within the vial 110 does not significantly increase as the fluid 116 and/or air 118 is returned to the vial 110 .
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an embodiment of a vial adaptor 200 for coupling with a vial 210 .
  • the vial 210 can comprise any suitable container for storing medical fluids.
  • the vial 210 comprises any of a number of standard medical vials known in the art, such as those produced by Abbott Laboratories of Abbott Park, Ill.
  • the vial 210 is capable of being hermetically sealed.
  • the vial 210 comprises a body 212 and a cap 214 .
  • the body 212 preferably comprises a rigid, substantially impervious material, such as plastic or glass.
  • the cap 214 comprises a septum 216 and a casing 218 .
  • the septum 216 can comprise an elastomeric material capable of deforming in such a way when punctured by an item that it forms a substantially airtight seal around that item.
  • the septum 216 comprises silicone rubber or butyl rubber.
  • the casing 218 can comprise any suitable material for sealing the vial 210 .
  • the casing 218 comprises metal that is crimped around the septum 216 and a proximal portion of the body 212 in order to form a substantially airtight seal between the septum 216 and the vial 210 .
  • the cap 214 defines ridge 219 that extends outwardly from the top of the body 212 .
  • the adaptor 200 comprises a piercing member 220 .
  • the piercing member 220 comprises a sheath 222 .
  • the sheath 222 can be substantially cylindrical, as shown, or it can assume other geometric configurations.
  • the sheath 222 tapers toward a distal end 223 .
  • the distal end 223 defines a point that can be centered with respect to an axis of the piercing member 220 or offset therefrom.
  • the distal end 223 is angled from one side of the sheath 222 to the opposite side.
  • the sheath 222 can comprise a rigid material, such as metal or plastic, suitable for insertion through the septum 216 .
  • the sheath 222 comprises polycarbonate plastic.
  • the piercing member 220 comprises a tip 224 .
  • the tip 224 can have a variety of shapes and configurations. In some instances, the tip 224 is configured to facilitate insertion of the sheath 222 through the septum 216 . As illustrated, the tip 224 , or a portion thereof, can be substantially conical, coming to a point at or near the axial center of the piercing member 220 . In some configurations, the tip 224 angles from one side of the piercing member 220 to the other. In some instances, the tip 224 is separable from the sheath 222 . In other instances, the tip 224 and the sheath 222 are permanently joined, and can be integrally formed. In various embodiments, the tip 224 comprises acrylic plastic, ABS plastic, or polycarbonate plastic.
  • the adaptor 200 comprises a cap connector 230 .
  • the cap connector 230 can substantially conform to the shape of the cap 214 .
  • the cap connector 230 comprises a rigid material, such as plastic or metal, that substantially maintains its shape after minor deformations.
  • the cap connector 230 comprises polycarbonate plastic.
  • the cap connector 230 comprises a sleeve 235 configured to snap over the ridge 219 and tightly engage the cap 214 .
  • the cap connector 230 comprises a material around an interior surface of the sleeve 235 for forming a substantially airtight seal with the cap 214 .
  • the cap connector 230 comprises an elastic material that is stretched over the ridge 219 to form a seal around the cap 214 .
  • the cap connector 230 resembles the structures shown in FIGS. 6 and 7 of and described in the specification of U.S. Pat. No. 5,685,866, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein and are made a part of this specification.
  • the adaptor 200 comprises a medical connector interface 240 for coupling the adaptor 200 with a medical connector 241 , another medical device (not shown), or any other instrument used in extracting fluid from or injecting fluid into the vial 210 .
  • the medical connector interface 240 comprises a sidewall 248 that defines a proximal portion of an extractor channel 245 through which fluid may flow.
  • the extractor channel 245 extends through the cap connector 230 and through a portion of the piercing member 220 such that the medical connector interface 240 is in fluid communication with the piercing member 220 .
  • the sidewall 248 can assume any suitable configuration for coupling with the medical connector 241 , a medical device, or another instrument.
  • the sidewall 248 is substantially cylindrical and extends generally proximally from the cap connector 230 .
  • the medical connector interface 240 comprises a flange 247 to aid in coupling the adaptor 200 with the medical connector 241 , a medical device, or another instrument.
  • the flange 247 can be configured to accept any suitable medical connector 241 , including connectors capable of sealing upon removal of a medical device therefrom.
  • the flange 247 is sized and configured to accept the Clave® connector, available from ICU Medical, Inc. of San Clemente, Calif. Certain features of the Clave® connector are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,685,866. Connectors of many other varieties, including other needle-less connectors, can also be used.
  • the connector 241 can be permanently or separably attached to the medical connector interface 240 .
  • the flange 247 is threaded, configured to accept a Luer connector, or otherwise shaped to attach directly to a medical device, such as a syringe, or to other instruments.
  • the medical connector interface 240 is advantageously centered on an axial center of the adaptor 200 .
  • Such a configuration provides stability to a system comprising the adaptor 200 coupled with the vial 210 , thereby making the coupled system less likely to tip over. Accordingly, the adaptor 200 is less likely to cause dangerous leaks or spills occasioned by accidental bumping or tipping of the adaptor 200 or the vial 210 .
  • the piercing member 220 , the cap connector 230 , and the medical connector interface 240 are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material, such as polycarbonate plastic.
  • one or more of the piercing member 220 , the cap connector 230 , and the medical connector interface 240 comprise a separate piece.
  • the separate pieces can be joined in any suitable manner, such as by glue, epoxy, ultrasonic welding, etc. Preferably, connections between joined pieces create substantially airtight bonds between the pieces.
  • any of the piercing member 220 , the cap connector 230 , or the medical connector interface 240 can comprise more than one piece.
  • the adaptor 200 comprises a regulator aperture 250 .
  • the regulator aperture 250 is located at a position on the adaptor 200 that remains exposed to the exterior of the vial 210 when the piercing member 220 is inserted in the vial 210 .
  • the regulator aperture 250 is located at a junction of the cap connector 230 and the medical connector interface 240 .
  • the regulator aperture 250 allows fluid communication between the environment surrounding the vial 210 and a regulator channel 225 (see FIG. 5 ) which extends through the cap connector 230 and through the piercing member 220 .
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a cross-section of the vial adaptor 200 coupled with the vial 210 .
  • the cap connector 230 firmly secures the adaptor 200 to the cap 214 and the piercing member 220 extends through the septum 216 into the interior of the vial 210 .
  • the piercing member 220 is oriented substantially perpendicularly with respect to the cap 214 when the adaptor 200 and the vial 210 are coupled. Other configurations are also possible. As shown, in some embodiments, the piercing member 220 houses a bag 260 .
  • the cap connector 230 comprises one or more projections 237 that aid in securing the adaptor 200 to the vial 210 .
  • the one or more projections 237 extend toward an axial center of the cap connector 230 .
  • the one or more projections 337 comprise a single circular flange extending around the interior of the cap connector 330 .
  • the cap connector 230 can be sized and configured such that an upper surface of the one or more projections 237 abuts a lower surface of the ridge 219 , helping secure the adaptor 200 in place.
  • the one or more projections 237 can be rounded, chamfered, or otherwise shaped to facilitate the coupling of the adaptor 200 and the vial 210 .
  • a lower surface of the rounded projections 237 abuts a top surface of the cap 214 .
  • the rounded surfaces cause the cap connector 230 to expand radially outward.
  • a resilient force of the deformed cap connector 220 seats the one or more projections 237 under the ridge 219 , securing the adaptor 200 in place.
  • the cap connector 230 is sized and configured such that an inner surface 238 of the cap connector 230 contacts the cap 214 . In some embodiments, a portion of the cap connector 230 contacts the cap 214 in substantially airtight engagement. In certain embodiments, a portion of the inner surface 238 surrounding either the septum 216 or the casing 218 is lined with a material, such as rubber or plastic, to ensure the formation of a substantially airtight seal between the adaptor 200 and the vial 210 .
  • the piercing member 220 can comprise the tip 224 and the sheath 222 , as noted above.
  • the tip 224 is configured to pierce the septum 216 to facilitate passage therethrough of the sheath 222 .
  • the tip 224 comprises a proximal extension 224 a for securing the tip 224 to the sheath 222 .
  • the bag 260 is folded within the sheath 222 . Accordingly, a portion of the folded bag 260 can contact the proximal extension 224 a and hold it in place.
  • the proximal extension 224 a comprises a material capable of frictionally engaging the bag 260 .
  • the proximal extension 224 a comprises polycarbonate plastic, silicone rubber, butyl rubber, or closed cell foam. In some arrangements, the proximal extension 224 a is coated with an adhesive to engage the bag 260 .
  • the proximal extension 224 a can be attached to the tip 224 by any suitable means, or it can be integrally formed therewith.
  • the tip 224 can be adhered to, friction fit within, snapped into, or otherwise attached in a temporary fashion to the distal end 223 of the sheath 222 , either instead of or in addition to any engagement between the proximal extension 224 a and the bag 260 .
  • the tip 224 disengages from the sheath 222 and/or the bag 260 as fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210 .
  • the tip 224 disengages from the sheath 222 and/or the bag 260 upon passing through the septum 216 , such as when atmospheric pressure within the sheath 222 is sufficiently higher than the pressure within the vial 210 .
  • a volume of air between the tip 224 and the bag 260 is pressurized to achieve the same result.
  • the tip 224 comprises a shoulder 224 b .
  • the outer perimeter of the shoulder 224 b is shaped to conform to the interior perimeter of the sheath 222 . Accordingly, the shoulder 224 b can center the tip 224 with respect to the sheath 222 and keep the tip 224 oriented properly for insertion through the septum 216 .
  • the outer perimeter of the shoulder 224 b is slightly smaller than the interior perimeter of the sheath 222 , allowing the tip 224 to easily disengage or slide from the sheath 222 as the bag 260 is deployed.
  • the tip 224 comprises the shoulder 224 b , but does not comprise the proximal extension 224 a.
  • the proximal extension 224 a serves to maintain a proper orientation of the tip 224 with respect to the sheath 222 for insertion of the tip 224 through the septum 216 .
  • the tip 224 rotates with respect to the sheath 222 as the tip 224 contacts the septum 216 such that the proximal extension 224 a is angled with respect to the axial center of the sheath 222 .
  • the proximal extension 224 a is sufficiently long that an end thereof contacts the interior surface of the sheath 222 .
  • the contact is indirect, where one or more layers of the bag 260 are located between the proximal extension 224 a and the sheath 222 . This contact can prevent the tip 224 from rotating too far, such that a distal end 224 c thereof is not directed at an angle that is relatively perpendicular to the septum 216 .
  • the sheath 222 is generally sized and dimensioned to be inserted through the septum 216 without breaking and, in some instances, with relative ease. Accordingly, in various embodiments, the sheath 222 has a cross-sectional area of between about 0.025 and about 0.075 square inches, between about 0.040 and about 0.060 square inches, or between about 0.045 and about 0.055 square inches. In other embodiments, the cross-sectional area is less than about 0.075 square inches, less than about 0.060 square inches, or less than about 0.055 square inches. In still other embodiments, the cross-sectional area is greater than about 0.025 square inches, greater than about 0.035 square inches, or greater than about 0.045 square inches. In some embodiments, the cross-sectional area is about 0.050 square inches.
  • the sheath 222 can assume any of a number of cross-sectional geometries, such as, for example, oval, ellipsoidal, square, rectangular, hexagonal, or diamond-shaped.
  • the cross-sectional geometry of the sheath 222 can vary along a length thereof in size and/or shape.
  • the sheath 222 has substantially circular cross-sections along a substantial portion of a length thereof.
  • a circular geometry provides the sheath 222 with substantially equal strength in all radial directions, thereby preventing bending or breaking that might otherwise occur upon insertion of the sheath 222 .
  • the symmetry of an opening created in the septum 216 by the circular sheath 222 prevents pinching that might occur with angled geometries, allowing the sheath 222 to more easily be inserted through the septum 216 .
  • the matching circular symmetries of the piercing member 220 and the opening in the septum 216 ensure a tight fit between the piercing member 220 and the septum 216 , even if the adaptor 200 is inadvertently twisted. Accordingly, the risk of dangerous liquids or gases escaping the vial 210 , or of impure air entering the vial 210 and contaminating the contents thereof, can be reduced in some instances with a circularly symmetric configuration.
  • the sheath 222 is hollow.
  • the inner and outer surfaces of the sheath 222 substantially conform to each other such that the sheath 222 has a substantially uniform thickness.
  • the thickness is between about 0.015 inches and 0.040 inches, between about 0.020 inches and 0.030 inches, or between about 0.024 inches and about 0.026 inches.
  • the thickness is greater than about 0.015 inches, greater than about 0.020 inches, or greater than about 0.025 inches.
  • the thickness is less than about 0.040 inches, less than about 0.035 inches, or less than about 0.030 inches.
  • the thickness is about 0.025 inches.
  • the inner surface of the sheath 222 varies in configuration from that of the outer surface of the sheath 222 . Accordingly, in some arrangements, the thickness varies along the length of the sheath 222 . In various embodiments, the thickness at one end, such as a proximal end, of the sheath is between about 0.015 inches and about 0.050 inches, between about 0.020 inches and about 0.040 inches, or between about 0.025 inches and about 0.035 inches, and the thickness at another end, such as the distal end 223 , is between about 0.015 inches and 0.040 inches, between about 0.020 inches and 0.030 inches, or between about 0.023 inches and about 0.027 inches.
  • the thickness at one end of the sheath 222 is greater than about 0.015 inches, greater than about 0.020 inches, or greater than about 0.025 inches, and the thickness at another end thereof is greater than about 0.015 inches, greater than about 0.020 inches, or greater than about 0.025 inches. In still other embodiments, the thickness at one end of the sheath 222 is less than about 0.050 inches, less than about 0.040 inches, or less than about 0.035 inches, and the thickness at another end thereof is less than about 0.045 inches, less than about 0.035 inches, or less than about 0.030 inches.
  • the thickness at a proximal end of the sheath 222 is about 0.030 inches and the thickness at the distal end 223 is about 0.025 inches.
  • the cross-section of the inner surface of the sheath 222 is shaped differently from that of the outer surface. The shape and thickness of the sheath 222 can be altered to optimize the strength of the sheath 222 .
  • the length of the sheath 222 is between about 0.8 inches to about 1.4 inches, between about 0.9 inches and about 1.3 inches, or between about 1.0 inches and 1.2 inches. In other instances the length is greater than about 0.8 inches, greater than about 0.9 inches, or greater than about 1.0 inches. In still other instances, the length is less than about 1.4 inches, less than about 1.3 inches, or less than about 1.2 inches. In some embodiments, the length is about 1.1 inches.
  • the sheath 222 at least partially encloses one or more channels.
  • the sheath 222 defines the outer boundary of a distal portion of a regulator channel 225 and the outer boundary of a distal portion of the extractor channel 245 .
  • An inner wall 227 extending from an inner surface of the sheath 222 to a distal portion of the medical connector interface 240 defines an inner boundary between the regulator channel 225 and the extractor channel 245 .
  • the regulator channel 225 extends from a proximal end 262 of the bag 260 , through the cap connector 230 , between the cap connector 230 and the medical connector interface 240 , and terminates at a regulator aperture 250 .
  • the extractor channel 245 extends from an extractor aperture 246 formed in the sheath 222 , through the cap connector 230 , and through the medical connector interface 240 .
  • the sheath 222 contains the bag 260 .
  • the bag 260 is generally configured to unfold, expand, compress, and/or contract, and can comprise any of a wide variety of materials, including Mylar®, polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, saran, latex rubber, polyisoprene, silicone rubber, and polyurethane.
  • the bag 260 comprises a material capable of forming a substantially airtight seal with the sheath 222 .
  • the bag 260 comprises a material that can be adhered to the sheath 222 in substantially airtight engagement.
  • the bag 260 comprises a material that is generally impervious to liquid and air.
  • it is preferred that the bag 260 comprise a material that is inert with respect to the intended contents of the vial 210 .
  • the bag 260 comprises latex-free silicone having a durometer between about 10 and about 40.
  • the proximal end 262 of the bag 260 is in substantially airtight engagement with the sheath 222 .
  • a substantially airtight seal is achieved when the proximal end 262 is thicker than other portions of the bag 260 and fits more snugly within the sheath 222 than the remainder of the bag 260 .
  • the thicker proximal end 262 comprises a higher durometer material than the remainder of the bag 260 .
  • the proximal end 262 comprises latex-free silicone having a durometer between about 40 and about 70.
  • the proximal end 262 is retained in the sheath 222 by a plastic sleeve (not shown) that presses the proximal end 262 against the sheath 222 .
  • the proximal end 262 is adhered to the sheath 222 by any suitable manner, such as by heat sealing or gluing.
  • a greater portion of the bag 260 than just the proximal end 262 is in substantially airtight contact with the sheath 222 .
  • the proximal end 262 of the bag 260 defines a bag aperture 264 .
  • the bag aperture 264 allows fluid communication between the interior of the bag 260 and the regulator channel 225 .
  • the bag aperture 264 extends along an axial center of the proximal end 262 . Accordingly, in certain of such arrangements, a lower portion of the interior wall 227 is angled (as shown), offset, or positioned away from the center of the sheath 222 so as not to obstruct the bag aperture 264 .
  • the entire bag 260 is located within the sheath 222 prior to insertion of the adaptor 200 into the vial 210 . Accordingly, the bag 260 is generally protected by the sheath 222 from rips or tears when the adaptor 200 is inserted in the vial 210 . In some instances, a lubricant is applied to an outer surface of the bag 260 to facilitate the insertion thereof into the sheath 222 .
  • the term “lubricant” is a broad term used in its ordinary sense and includes, without limitation, any substance or material used to permit substantially unimpeded relative movement of surfaces in close proximity, including, without limitation: gels, liquids, powders, and/or coatings applied to one or more of the surfaces; materials, compounds, or substances embedded within one or more of the surfaces; and substances or materials placed between the surfaces.
  • the lubricant is a liquid, a gel, or a powder.
  • the lubricant applied to the outer surface of the bag 260 is isopropyl alcohol, which desirably is sterile, readily evaporates, and provides sufficient lubrication to allow relatively simple insertion of the bag 260 .
  • Other lubricants having the same or different properties can also be employed.
  • a portion of the bag 260 is internally folded or doubled back within the sheath 222 .
  • the bag 260 comprises a material that does not readily cling to itself, thereby allowing portions of the bag 260 in close proximity (e.g., adjacent to each other) to slide past each other and away from each other with relative ease, thus allowing the bag 260 to be deployed easily.
  • a lubricant is applied to the interior surface of the bag 260 to encourage a relatively unimpeded deployment of the bag 260 . Any suitable variety of lubricant is possible.
  • the lubricant comprises a liquid or a gel.
  • the lubricant comprises fluorosilicone oil.
  • the lubricant comprises a powder, such as talcum powder.
  • powder lubricants are more effective than liquid or gel lubricants over extended storage periods. For example, certain liquids and gels can migrate from between two proximate surfaces of the bag 260 , whereas certain powders can be less prone to migrate therefrom. Accordingly, in some embodiments, some powder lubricants can provide an adaptor 200 with a relatively longer shelf-life than some liquid or gel lubricants. In other embodiments, liquids (e.g., oils) are preferred.
  • the lubricant comprises a coating that is adhered to, integrally formed with, or otherwise applied to the bag 260 .
  • the coating can comprise any suitable material that can permit relatively unimpeded movement between surfaces of the bag 260 .
  • some embodiments can comprise a coating of friction-reducing material, such as Teflon®.
  • the lubricant is embedded in the bag 260
  • one or more portions of the bag 260 are folded multiple times within the sheath 222 .
  • a lubricant can be applied to portions of the interior and/or exterior surfaces of the bag 260 to allow relatively easy deployment of the bag 260 .
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B schematically illustrate why it can be desirable to fold the bag 260 within the sheath 222 in some instances.
  • FIG. 6A illustrates a distal portion of the sheath 222 of the adaptor 200 .
  • the sheath 222 houses a substantially impervious bag 260 A comprising a proximal portion 266 A and a tip 269 A.
  • the adaptor 200 is coupled with a partially evacuated vial 210 (not shown) such that the pressure outside the vial 210 (e.g., atmospheric pressure) is higher than the pressure inside the vial 210 .
  • one side of the bag 260 A can be exposed to the higher pressure outside the vial 210 and the other side of the bag 260 A can be exposed to the lower pressure inside the vial 210 .
  • the proximal portion 266 A of the bag 260 A is forced toward the inner surface of the sheath 222 , as schematically depicted by various arrows.
  • the friction thus generated tends to prevent the proximal portion 266 A from expanding toward the distal end of the sheath 222 . Consequently, in the illustrated configuration, only the tip 269 A is able to expand when fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210 .
  • the composition of the bag 260 A and/or the interface between the bag 260 A and the interior wall of the sheath 222 permit much further expansion of the bag 260 A in the distal direction.
  • FIG. 6B similarly illustrates a distal portion of the sheath 222 housing a substantially impervious bag 260 B.
  • the bag 260 B comprises an outer portion 266 B, an inner portion 268 B, and a tip 269 B.
  • the adaptor 200 is coupled with a partially evacuated vial 210 such that the pressure outside the vial 210 is higher than the pressure inside the vial 210 .
  • the resulting pressure difference forces the outer portion 266 B toward the sheath 222 , as schematically depicted by various outward-pointing arrows.
  • the pressure difference forces the inner portion 268 B toward the center of the sheath 222 , as schematically depicted by various inward-pointing arrows.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates an embodiment of the adaptor 200 with the bag 260 deployed.
  • a distal portion 268 of the bag 260 extends beyond the sheath 222 .
  • a portion of the bag 260 that contacts the distal end 223 of the sheath 222 is thicker than surrounding portions in order to protect the bag 260 from ripping, puncturing, or tearing against the sheath 222 .
  • the bag 260 is sized and configured to substantially fill the vial 210 .
  • the bag 260 comprises a flexible, expandable material sized and configured to expand to fill a substantial portion of the volume within the vial 210 .
  • the bag 260 is expandable to substantially fill a range of volumes such that a single adaptor 200 can be configured to operate with vials 210 of various sizes.
  • the bag 260 comprises a flexible, non-expandable material and is configured to unfold within the vial 210 to fill a portion thereof.
  • the bag 260 is configured to fill at least about 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90 percent of one vial 210 .
  • the bag 260 is configured to fill a volume equal to at least about 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 percent of the volume of fluid contained within the vial 210 prior to the coupling of the adaptor 200 and the vial 210 . In some embodiments, the bag 260 is configured to fill a volume equal to about 70 percent of the volume of fluid contained within the vial 210 prior to the coupling of the adaptor 200 and the vial 210 .
  • the bag 260 is configured to fill at least about 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90 percent of a first vial 210 having a first volume, and at least about 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90 percent of a second vial 210 having a second volume larger than the first volume.
  • the distal portion 268 of the bag 260 is substantially bulbous, as shown.
  • the bulbous bag 260 comprises expandable material.
  • the distal portion 268 in an unexpanded state has an outer diameter of between about 0.10 inches and about 0.40 inches, between about 0.15 inches and about 0.35 inches, or between about 0.20 inches and about 0.30 inches.
  • the outer diameter is greater than about 0.10, greater than about 0.15 inches, or greater than about 0.20 inches.
  • the outer diameter is less than about 0.40 inches, less than about 0.35 inches, or less than about 0.30 inches. In some arrangements, the outer diameter is about 0.188 inches.
  • the distal portion 268 in an unexpanded state has a height of between about 0.50 inches and 1.00 inches, between about 0.60 inches and 0.90 inches, and between about 0.70 inches and 0.80 inches. In some arrangements, the height is greater than about 0.50 inches, greater than about 0.60 inches, or greater than about 0.70 inches. In other arrangements, the height is less than about 1.00 inches, less than about 0.90 inches, or less than about 0.80 inches. In some arrangements, the height is about 0.75 inches. In some embodiments, the distal portion is generally spherical. Various other embodiments of the distal portion 268 include, for example, generally conical, generally cylindrical, generally rectangular, and generally triangular.
  • the distal portion 268 of the bag 260 has a thickness between about 0.001 and 0.025 inches, between about 0.001 and 0.010 inches, or between about 0.010 and 0.025 inches. In other configurations, the thickness is greater than about 0.001 inches, greater than about 0.005 inches, greater than about 0.010 inches, greater than about 0.015 inches, or greater than about 0.020 inches. In still other configurations, the thickness is less than about 0.025 inches, less than about 0.020 inches, less than about 0.015 inches, less than about 0.010 inches, or less than about 0.005 inches. In some configurations, the thickness is about 0.015 inches.
  • the body 212 of the vial 210 comprises a substantially rigid material, such as glass or plastic. Accordingly, configurations wherein the bag 260 is deployed within the vial 210 advantageously shield the bag 260 from accidental snags, rips, or tears. Furthermore, configurations wherein the bag 260 is located within the vial 210 can have a lower center of mass than other configurations, which helps to prevent accidental tipping and spilling of the vial 210 .
  • certain processes for using the adaptor 200 comprise inserting the piercing member 220 through the septum 216 until the cap connector 230 is firmly in place. Accordingly, the coupling of the adaptor 200 and the vial 210 can be accomplished in one simple step.
  • the medical connector 241 is coupled with the medical connector interface 240 .
  • a medical device or other instrument (not shown), such as a syringe, can be coupled with the interface 240 or, if present, with the medical connector 241 (see FIG. 4 ).
  • a syringe As an example of a medical device suitable for attachment to the medical connector interface 240 , although numerous medical devices or other instruments can be used in connection with the adaptor 200 or the medical connector 241 .
  • the syringe is placed in fluid communication with the vial 210 .
  • the vial 210 , the adaptor 200 , the syringe, and, if present, the medical connector 241 are inverted such that the cap 214 is pointing downward (i.e., toward the ground). Any of the above procedures, or any combination thereof, can be performed in any possible order.
  • a volume of fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210 via the syringe.
  • the pressure within the vial 210 decreases as the fluid is withdrawn. Accordingly, in some instances, pressure within the regulator channel 225 forces the tip 224 away from the sheath 222 . In other instances, pressure at the interior of the bag 260 causes the bag 260 to emerge from the sheath 222 . In certain of such instances, as the bag 260 is deployed, it rolls outward and releases the proximal extension 224 a , thus discharging the tip 224 . The bag 260 is thus free to expand within the vial 210 .
  • the tip 224 it is desirable for the tip 224 to be engaged with the sheath 222 and/or bag 260 with sufficient strength to ensure that the tip 224 remains in place until the sheath 222 is inserted into the vial 210 , yet with insufficient strength to prevent the tip 224 from separating from the sheath 222 and/or the bag 260 within the vial 210 .
  • the distal end 224 c of the tip 224 is rounded such that it is sufficiently pointed to pierce the septum 216 when the adaptor 200 is coupled with the vial 210 , but insufficiently pointed to pierce the bag 260 as the bag 260 is deployed or as it expands within the vial 210 .
  • the proximal extension 224 a is rounded for the same purpose.
  • the proximal extension 224 a is configured such that the tip 224 , once separated from the sheath 222 , naturally settles with the distal end 224 c pointed away from the bag 260 .
  • the distal end 224 c settles against the septum 216 when the vial 210 is oriented with the cap 214 pointing downward (i.e., with the cap 214 located between a volumetric center of the vial 210 and the ground).
  • the proximal extension 224 a is relatively lightweight such that the center of mass of the tip 224 is located relatively near the distal end 224 c . Accordingly, in some instances, when the tip 224 contacts the septum 216 , the tip 224 is generally able to pivot about an edge 224 d to reach a stable state with the distal end 224 c pointed downward. In some arrangements, the edge 224 d comprises the perimeter of the largest cross-section of the tip 224 .
  • the proximal extension 224 a is configured to allow the tip 224 to pivot such that the distal end 224 c ultimately points downward, even when the proximal extension 224 a is pointed downward upon initial contact with some surface of the vial 210 , such as the septum 216 .
  • the length and/or weight of the proximal extension 224 a are adjusted to achieve this result.
  • the length of the proximal extension 224 a is between about 30 percent and about 60 percent, between about 35 percent and about 55 percent, or between about 40 percent and about 50 percent of the full length of the tip 224 .
  • the length of the proximal extension 224 a is less than about 60 percent, less than about 55 percent, or less than about 50 percent of the full length of the tip 224 . In other embodiments, the length is greater than about 60 percent of the full length of the tip 224 . In still other embodiments, the length is less than about 30 percent of the full length of the tip 224 . In some embodiments, the length is about 45 percent of the full length of the tip 224 . Other arrangements are also possible to ensure that the distal end 224 c does not bear against the bag 260 as the bag expands within the vial 210 .
  • the proximal extension 224 a not rigidly bear against the bag 260 as the bag 260 expands within the vial 210 .
  • the proximal extension 224 a comprises a flexible or compliant material, such as silicone rubber, butyl rubber, or closed cell foam.
  • the proximal extension 224 a comprises a joint, such as a hinge or a ball-and-socket, that allows the proximal extension 224 a to bend when contacted by the bag 260 .
  • fluid withdrawn from the vial 210 flows through the extractor aperture 246 and through the extractor channel 245 to the syringe. Simultaneously, in such configurations, ambient air flows from the surrounding environment, through the regulator aperture 250 , through the regulator channel 225 , through the bag aperture 264 , and into the bag 260 to expand the bag 260 .
  • the increased volume of the bag 260 is approximately equal to the volume of liquid removed from the vial 210 .
  • the volume of the bag 260 increases at a slower rate as greater amounts of fluid are withdrawn from the vial 210 such that the volume of fluid withdrawn from the vial 210 is greater than the increased volume of the bag 260 .
  • the bag 260 can be configured to fill a substantial portion of the vial 210 .
  • the tip 224 is sized and configured such that it will not settle against the extractor aperture 246 and prevent fluid passage therethrough.
  • more fluid than is desired may inadvertently be withdrawn from the vial 210 by the syringe. Accordingly, the excess fluid may be injected from the syringe back into the vial 210 .
  • the fluid when the fluid is injected to the vial 210 , the fluid flows from the syringe, through the extractor channel 245 , and through the extractor aperture 246 into the vial 210 .
  • the pressure within the vial 210 increases. Consequently, in some configurations, the bag 260 contracts to a smaller volume to compensate for the volume of the returned fluid.
  • ambient air flows from the bag 260 , through the bag aperture 264 , through the regulator channel 225 , and through the regulator aperture 250 to the surrounding environment, in some arrangements.
  • the adaptor 200 accommodates the withdrawal of fluid from, or the addition of fluid to, the vial 210 in order to maintain the pressure within the vial 210 .
  • the pressure within the vial 210 changes no more than about 1 psi, no more than about 2 psi, no more than about 3 psi, no more than about 4 psi, or no more than about 5 psi.
  • the adaptor 200 advantageously allows a user to return unwanted liquid (and/or air) to the vial 210 without significantly increasing the pressure within the vial 210 .
  • the ability to inject air bubbles and excess fluid into the vial 210 is particularly desirable in the context of oncology drugs.
  • the adaptor 200 are configured to regulate the pressure within the vial 210 without introducing outside air into the vial 210 .
  • the bag 260 comprises a substantially impervious material that serves as a barrier, rather than a passageway, between the exterior and interior of the vial 210 . Accordingly, such embodiments of the adaptor 200 substantially reduce the risk of introducing airborne contaminants into the bloodstream of a patient, as compared with the systems that employ imperfect and fault-prone Gortex® or Teflon® air filters. Furthermore, elimination of such filters eliminates the need for EtO sterilization.
  • filters can be used at one or more points between the bag 260 and the regulator aperture 250 .
  • the bag 260 comprises an elastic material. Accordingly, as the bag 260 expands within the vial 210 , a restorative force arises within the bag 260 that tends to contract the bag 260 .
  • the restorative force is fairly small, and can be balanced by a force within a syringe that is coupled to the adaptor 200 .
  • the restorative force can be balanced by friction between the plunger and the interior wall of the syringe. Consequently, in some instances, the restorative force does not affect the withdrawal of an accurate amount of fluid from the vial 210 .
  • the adaptor 200 can reduce the likelihood that fluid will spurt from the vial 210 when the syringe is decoupled therefrom, which is particularly beneficial when oncology drugs are being removed from the vial 210 .
  • the adaptor 200 can be substantially sealed in a rapid manner after removal of the syringe from the proximal end of the medical connector 240 .
  • a syringe or some other medical device can be decoupled from the adaptor 200 after a portion of fluid has been removed from the vial 210 and then re-coupled with the adaptor 200 , such as to return unwanted or excess liquid or air to the vial.
  • multiple doses can be removed from the vial 210 via the adaptor 200 .
  • a first syringe is coupled with the adaptor 200 and a first dose is removed from the vial 210 .
  • the first syringe is then decoupled from the adaptor.
  • a second syringe is then coupled with the adaptor 200 (or the first syringe is coupled with the adaptor 200 for a second time), a second dose is removed from the vial 210 , and the second syringe (or the first syringe) is decoupled from the adaptor 200 .
  • numerous doses can be removed from the same vial 210 via the adaptor 200 .
  • the vial 210 contains a powder, a concentrated liquid, or some other substance that is diluted prior to administration thereof to a patient. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, a diluent is infused into the vial 210 via the adaptor 200 .
  • a syringe containing the diluent is coupled with the adaptor 200 .
  • the vial 210 can be placed upright on a hard surface and the plunger of the syringe can be depressed to urge the diluent through the adaptor 200 and into the vial 210 .
  • the plunger can be released and allowed to back out of the syringe until pressure within the vial 210 is equalized.
  • the syringe is decoupled from the adaptor 200 , the same or a different syringe or some other medical device is coupled the adaptor 200 , and the diluted contents of the vial 210 are removed.
  • decoupling and re-coupling of a syringe or other medical device, removal of multiple doses from the vial 210 via a single adaptor 200 , and/or infusing a diluent into the vial 210 is facilitated when the adaptor 200 comprises a medical connector 240 , such as the Clave® connector.
  • the vial 210 is oriented with the cap 214 pointing downward when liquid is removed from the vial 210 .
  • the extractor aperture 246 is located adjacent a bottom surface of the cap 214 , thereby allowing removal of most or substantially all of the liquid in the vial 210 .
  • the adaptor 200 comprises more than one extractor aperture 246 to aid in the removal of substantially all of the liquid in the vial 210 .
  • the distal end 223 of the piercing member 220 is spaced away from the extractor aperture 246 . Such arrangements advantageously allow fluid to flow through the extractor aperture 246 unobstructed as the distal portion 268 of the bag 260 expands.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates another embodiment of an adaptor 300 .
  • the adaptor 300 resembles the adaptor 200 discussed above in many respects. Accordingly, numerals used to identify features of the adaptor 200 are incremented by a factor of 100 to identify like features of the adaptor 300 . This numbering convention generally applies to the remainder of the figures.
  • the adaptor 300 comprises a medical connector interface 340 , a cap connector 330 , a piercing member 320 , and a bag 360 .
  • the piercing member comprises a sheath 322 having a distal end 323 .
  • the piercing member 320 differs from the piercing member 220 in that it does not comprise a separate tip. Rather, the distal end 323 is configured to pierce the septum 216 .
  • the distal end 323 is angled from one side of the sheath 322 to another. Other configurations and structures are also possible. In many embodiments, the distal end 323 provides a substantially unobstructed path through which the bag 360 can be deployed.
  • the distal end 323 preferably comprises rounded or beveled edges to prevent the bag 360 from ripping or tearing thereon. In some instances, the distal end 323 is sufficiently sharp to pierce the septum 216 when the adaptor 300 is coupled with the vial 210 , but insufficiently sharp to pierce or damage the bag 360 when the bag 360 is deployed or expanded within the vial 210 .
  • FIG. 9 illustrates another embodiment of an adaptor 301 that is similar to the adaptor 300 in some respects, but differs in others such as those noted hereafter.
  • the adaptor 301 comprises a piercing member 380 that substantially resembles the piercing member 320 .
  • the piercing member 380 is shorter than the piercing member 320 , and thus does not extend as far into the vial 210 . Accordingly, the piercing member 380 provides less of an obstruction to the bag 360 as it expands to fill (or partially fill) the vial 210 .
  • the piercing member 380 comprises a bag 360 having multiple folds. The multiple folds allow the bag 360 to fit more compactly into the smaller volume of the piercing member 380 than is available in the piercing member 320 .
  • the piercing member 380 comprises a flexible shield 385 extending around the periphery of a tip 386 of the piercing member 380 .
  • the shield can comprise, for example, plastic or rubber.
  • the shield 385 can be adhered to an inner wall of the piercing member 380 , or it can be tensioned in place. In certain embodiments, at least a portion of the shield 385 is inverted (as shown) when in a relaxed state. As the bag 360 is deployed, it forces a portion of the shield 385 outward from the tip 386 .
  • the shield 385 is sized and dimensioned to extend to an outer surface of the tip 386 as the bag 360 expands. The shield 385 thus constitutes a barrier between the tip 386 and the bag 360 that protects the bag 360 from punctures, rips, or tears as the bag 360 expands.
  • the adaptor 301 comprises a filter 390 .
  • the filter 390 is associated with the regulator channel 325 .
  • the filter 390 can be located at the regulator aperture 350 , within the regulator channel 325 , or within the bag 360 .
  • the filter 390 extends across the regulator aperture 350 , and in other instances, the filter 390 extends across the bag aperture 364 .
  • the filter 390 is a hydrophobic filter which could prevent fluid from exiting the vial 210 in the unlikely event that the bag 360 ever ruptured during use. In such arrangements, air would be able to bypass the filter in proceeding into or out of the bag 360 , but fluid passing through the ruptured bag 360 and through the regulator channel 325 would be stopped by the filter 390 .
  • the cap connector 330 of the adaptor 301 comprises a skirt 336 configured to encircle a portion of the vial 210 .
  • the skirt 336 can extend around less than the entire circumference of the vial 210 .
  • the skirt 336 can have a longitudinal slit.
  • the skirt 336 can extend distally beyond the tip 386 of the piercing member 380 . This configuration partially shields the tip 386 from users prior to insertion of the piercing member 380 into the vial 210 , thereby helping to prevent accidental contact with the tip 386 .
  • the skirt 336 further provides a coupled adaptor 301 and vial 210 with a lower center of mass, thereby making the coupled items less likely to tip over.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 400 that resembles the adaptors 200 , 300 described above in many ways, but comprises a piercing member 420 that differs from the piercing members 220 , 320 in manners such as those now described.
  • the piercing member 420 comprises a sheath 422 , a tip 424 , and a piercing member aperture 402 .
  • the tip 424 is substantially conical and comes to a point near an axial center of the piercing member 420 .
  • the tip 424 is permanently attached to the sheath 422 , and can be integrally formed therewith.
  • the piercing member aperture 402 can be located proximal to the tip 424 .
  • the piercing member aperture 402 can assume a wide variety of shapes and sizes. In some configurations, it is desirable that a measurement of the piercing member aperture 402 in at least one direction (e.g., the longitudinal direction) have a measurement greater than the cross-sectional width of the piercing member 420 to facilitate the insertion of a bag 460 (shown in FIG. 11 ) through the aperture 402 during assembly of the adaptor 400 . In some instances, the size and shape of the piercing member aperture 402 is optimized to allow a large portion of the bag 460 to pass therethrough when the bag 460 is deployed within the vial 210 , while not compromising the structural integrity of the piercing member 420 .
  • FIG. 11 illustrates the adaptor 400 coupled with the vial 210 .
  • the bag 460 is partially deployed within the vial 210 .
  • the bag 460 is configured to expand within the vial 210 and to fill a substantial portion thereof.
  • the bag 460 can comprise an expandable material or a non-expandable material.
  • the bag 460 comprises portions that are thicker near the piercing member aperture 402 in order to prevent rips or tears.
  • the piercing member aperture 402 comprises rounded or beveled edges for the same purpose.
  • the piercing member aperture 402 is located on a side of the piercing member 420 opposite an extractor aperture 446 . Such arrangements can allow fluid to pass through the extractor aperture 446 unobstructed as the bag 460 expands within the vial 210 .
  • FIGS. 12A-12D illustrate two embodiments of an adaptor 500 .
  • the adaptor 500 resembles the adaptors 200 , 300 described above in many ways, but comprises a piercing member 520 that differs in manners such as those now described.
  • the piercing member 520 comprises two or more sleeve members 503 that house a bag 560 (shown in FIGS. 12B and 12D ).
  • the sleeve members 503 meet at a proximal base 504 of the piercing member 520 .
  • the sleeve members 503 are integrally formed from a unitary piece of material. In other configurations, the sleeve members 503 comprise separate pieces that are coupled with the proximal base 504 .
  • the sleeve members 503 are biased toward an open configuration.
  • the bias is provided by the method used to create the sleeve members 503 .
  • two sleeve members 503 and the proximal base 504 are integrally formed from a unitary piece of pliable, molded plastic that substantially assumes a Y-shape, with each sleeve member 503 comprising one branch of the “Y.”
  • the two sleeve members 503 comprise separate pieces that are coupled with the proximal base 504 .
  • the sleeve members 503 are pivotally mounted to or bendable with respect to the proximal base 504 .
  • the sleeve members 503 can be biased toward an open configuration by a spring or by any other suitable biasing device or method. While configurations employing two sleeve members 503 have been described for the sake of convenience, the piercing member 520 can comprise more than two sleeve members 503 , and in various configurations, comprises three, four, five, six, seven, or eight sleeve members 503 . In some instances, the number of sleeve members 503 of which the piercing member 520 is comprised increases with increasing size of the bag 560 and/or increasing size of the vial 210 .
  • the bag 560 is inserted into the proximal base 504 .
  • the bag 560 may be secured within the proximal base 504 by some form of adhesive, by a plastic sheath, via tension provided by a relatively thick proximal end of the bag 560 , or by any other suitable method.
  • the sleeve members 503 are brought together to form a tip 524 .
  • the tip 524 can assume any suitable shape for insertion through the septum 216 (not shown) of the vial 210 .
  • a jacket 505 is provided around the sleeve members 503 to keep them in a closed configuration. The jacket 505 can be formed and then slid over the tip 524 , or it may be wrapped around the sleeve members 503 and secured thereafter.
  • the jacket 505 preferably comprises a material sufficiently strong to keep the sleeve members 503 in a closed configuration, yet capable of easily sliding along an exterior surface thereof when the piercing member 520 is inserted in the vial 210 . In some instances, it is desirable that the material be capable of clinging to the septum 216 . In various instances, the jacket 505 comprises heat shrink tubing, polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, saran, latex rubber, polyisoprene, silicone rubber, or polyurethane. The jacket 505 can be located anywhere along the length of the piercing member 520 . In some embodiments, it can be advantageous to position the jacket 505 on the distal portion of the sleeve members 503 to maintain the sleeve members 503 close together to provide a sharp point for piercing the septum 216 .
  • FIG. 12B illustrates an embodiment of the adaptor 500 having sleeve members biased toward an open position coupled with the vial 210 .
  • the jacket 505 catches on the septum 216 and remains on the exterior of the vial 210 .
  • the sleeve members 503 return to their naturally open state, thus deploying the bag 560 within the vial 210 .
  • the bag 560 expands within the vial 210 in a manner such as that described above with respect to the bag 260 .
  • the sleeve members 503 are biased toward a closed configuration.
  • the bias is provided by the method used to create the sleeve members 503 .
  • the sleeve members 503 and the proximal base 504 can be integrally formed from a unitary piece of molded plastic. During the molding process, or sometime thereafter, one or more slits 506 are formed in the molded plastic, thereby separating the sleeve members 503 .
  • the sleeve members 503 comprise separate pieces that are attached to the proximal base 504 .
  • the sleeve members 503 are pivotally mounted to the proximal base.
  • the sleeve members 503 can be biased toward a closed configuration by a spring or by any other suitable biasing device.
  • the sleeve members 503 are opened to allow the insertion of the bag 560 into the piercing member 520 .
  • the sleeve members 503 return to their naturally closed state after insertion of the bag 560 .
  • the bag 560 can be secured within the proximal base 504 by any of numerous methods.
  • FIG. 12D illustrates an embodiment of the adaptor 500 having sleeve members biased toward a closed position coupled with the vial 210 .
  • the piercing member 520 is inserted into the vial 210 .
  • unbalanced pressure between the interior of the bag 560 and the interior of the vial 210 causes the bag 560 to expand within the vial 210 , thereby forcing open the sleeve members 503 .
  • the bag 560 can continue to expand and further separate the sleeve members 503 .
  • FIG. 13 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 600 comprising a plurality of sleeve members 603 .
  • the adaptor 600 resembles the adaptors 200 , 300 , 500 described above in many ways, but differs in manners such as those now described.
  • the adaptor 600 comprises a medical connector interface 640 , a cap connector 630 , and a piercing member 620 .
  • the piercing member 620 comprises a projection 626 , a bag connector 682 , a sleeve 622 , and a bag 660 .
  • the interface 640 , the cap connector 630 , and the projection 626 are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material, such as polycarbonate plastic.
  • the bag connector 682 is also integrally formed therewith.
  • the bag connector 682 is attached to the projection 626 , preferably in substantially airtight engagement.
  • the bag connector 682 comprises a chamber 683 configured to accept a distal extension 629 of the projection 626 .
  • the bag connector 682 and chamber 683 define complimentary cylinders.
  • a portion of the chamber 683 preferably a sidewall thereof, can be adhered to the distal extension 629 by glue, epoxy, or other suitable means.
  • glue, epoxy, or other suitable means A variety of other configurations for joining the bag connector 682 and proximal portion 626 can be employed.
  • the bag connector 682 is also attached to the sleeve 622 .
  • the sleeve 622 comprises a proximal base 604 from which a plurality of sleeve members 603 extend.
  • the proximal base 604 can define an opening 605 .
  • the sleeve 622 comprises two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight sleeve members 603 . More sleeve members 603 are also possible.
  • the sleeve members 603 can cooperate to form a cavity for housing the bag 660 .
  • a portion of the bag connector 682 can be inserted through the opening 605 of the proximal base 604 .
  • the connector 682 and proximal base 604 can be adhered to each other in some instances, and can be secured to each other by a friction fit in others. Other methods of attachment are also possible.
  • the proximal base 604 remains fixed while the sleeve members 603 are allowed to move.
  • the sleeve members 603 resemble the sleeve members 503 described above, and can thus be biased toward an open configuration or a closed configuration.
  • a jacket (not shown) is used to retain sleeve members 603 that are biased toward an open configuration in a closed configuration until the piercing member 620 is inserted through the septum 216 .
  • the jacket is trapped between the septum 216 and an interior surface of the cap connector 630 , thereby helping to form a substantially airtight seal between the adaptor 600 and the vial 210 .
  • the bag connector 682 defines a portion of a regulator channel 625 , which also extends through the projection 626 of the piercing member 620 , the cap connector 630 , and a regulator aperture 650 .
  • An extractor channel 645 extends from an extractor aperture 646 and through the proximal portion 626 , the cap connector 630 , and the medical connector interface 640 .
  • the extractor aperture 646 is spaced away from the bag 660 .
  • the bag connector 682 comprises a nozzle 684 to which the bag 660 can be coupled.
  • FIGS. 15A and 15B illustrate two embodiments of the nozzle 684 .
  • the nozzle 684 is inserted into a proximal end 662 of the bag 660 .
  • the bag 660 can be coupled to the nozzle 684 by any suitable means, such as by an adhesive, a plastic sleeve, a heat seal, or a tension fit.
  • a substantially airtight tension fit is achieved when the proximal end 662 of the bag 660 is sufficiently thick and stiff.
  • the nozzle 684 comprises one or more clip extensions 685 .
  • a single clip extension 685 encircles the nozzle 684 .
  • Each of the one or more clip extensions 685 comprises a detent 686 and defines a recess 687 .
  • a collar 688 is placed around the proximal end 662 of the bag 660 .
  • the collar 688 is preferably sized and configured to fit snugly within the recess 687 and to be held securely in place by the detent 686 of each clip extension 685 . Consequently, the one or more clip extensions 685 in cooperation with the collar 688 form a substantially airtight seal between the proximal end 662 of the bag 660 and the nozzle 684 .
  • the bag 660 is substantially cylindrical.
  • the walls of the bag 660 are thicker than the base thereof.
  • the walls of the bag 660 are between about 0.001 inches and 0.004 inches, between about 0.001 inches and about 0.002 inches, between about 0.002 inches and about 0.003 inches, or between about 0.003 inches and about 0.004 inches thick.
  • the walls are greater than 0.001 inches, greater than 0.002 inches, or greater than 0.003 inches thick.
  • the walls are less than about 0.004 inches, less than about 0.003 inches, or less than about 0.002 inches thick.
  • Cylindrical configurations can be advantageous for use with the vial 210 when a large portion the vial 210 is generally cylindrical, as is often the case with standard medicinal vials.
  • the cylindrical bag 660 can expand to a shape that substantially conforms to the interior volume of the vial 210 .
  • the bag 660 can be folded in a star-like configuration having multiple arms 661 .
  • Each arm 661 can be folded, rolled, crumpled, or otherwise manipulated to fit within the piercing member 620 when it is closed.
  • Any number of arms 661 can be formed from the bag 660 , and in certain instances, the number of arms 661 increases with increasingly larger bags 660 .
  • the bag 660 is molded or shaped such that it naturally has a star-shaped cross-section and is capable of expanding to fill substantially cylindrical vials 210 .
  • Other configurations of the bag 660 are also possible, as discussed above in connection with the bag 260 , and similar folding patterns may be employed.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 601 that resembles the adaptor 600 in many ways, but differs in manners such as those now described.
  • the adaptor 601 comprises the piercing member 620 that partially defines the regulator channel 625 , and further comprises a secondary piercing member 690 that partially defines the extractor channel 645 . Accordingly, the adaptor 601 punctures the septum 216 in two distinct locations when coupled with the vial 210 .
  • the secondary piercing member 690 can comprise any suitable material for puncturing the septum 216 .
  • the secondary piercing member 690 comprises metal or plastic.
  • the secondary piercing member 690 is significantly smaller than the piercing member 620 , which allows both piercing members 620 , 690 to be readily inserted through the septum 216 .
  • a smaller secondary piercing member 690 can position the extractor aperture 646 , which is located at the tip of the secondary piercing member 690 in some configurations, adjacent an interior surface of the septum 216 when the adaptor 601 is coupled to the vial 210 . Accordingly, most of the liquid contents of the vial 210 may be removed when the vial 210 is turned upside-down.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 602 that resembles the adaptor 600 in many ways, but differs in manners such as those now described.
  • the extractor channel 645 extends through the proximal portion 626 of the piercing member 620 such that the extractor aperture 646 is located within, or at a position interior to an outer surface of, the sleeve 622 . More generally, the extractor aperture 646 is located within, or at a position interior to an outer surface of, the piercing member 620 .
  • the bag connector 682 is configured to space the bag 660 away from the extractor aperture 646 so that fluid may flow through the aperture 646 unobstructed as the bag 660 expands.
  • a ridge 694 extends around an inner surface of the cap connector 630 and defines a space 695 for accepting a jacket (not shown) used to keep the sleeve members 603 in a closed configuration.
  • the space 695 can be of particular utility when the jacket has a substantial length or otherwise comprises a large amount of material.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates an embodiment of a vial adaptor 700 .
  • the adaptor 700 comprises a housing member 706 , a sheath 707 , and a bag insertion member 708 .
  • the housing member 706 comprises a piercing member 720 , a cap connector 730 , and a medical connector interface 740 that in some ways resemble similarly numbered features of various other adaptor embodiments described herein.
  • the medical connector interface 740 branches from a proximal extension 709 of the housing member 706 .
  • the medical connector interface 740 defines a branch of a substantially “y”-shaped extractor channel 745 .
  • the piercing member 720 and the proximal extension 709 define the remainder of the extractor channel 745 .
  • the cap connector 730 comprises one or more projections 737 for securing the adaptor 700 to the cap 214 of the vial 210 (not shown). In some embodiments, the cap connector 730 comprises one or more slits 739 that facilitate the coupling of the adaptor 700 to the vial 210 by allowing the cap connector 730 to expand. In some configurations, the cap connector 730 comprises a skirt 736 .
  • the piercing member 720 can resemble the piercing members described herein.
  • the piercing member 720 comprises an angled distal end 723 which allows the passage therethrough of the bag insertion member 708 .
  • the piercing member 720 is configured to extend only a short distance into the vial 210 . Accordingly, a large amount of fluid can be withdrawn from the vial 210 when the vial 210 is oriented with the cap 214 facing downward. By being shorter, the piercing member 720 can also have thinner walls without the risk of bending or breaking upon insertion into the vial 210 .
  • Thinner walls can allow the insertion of a larger bag 760 than would otherwise be possible, thus permitting the safe and accurate withdrawal of a larger amount of fluid from the vial 210 in some instances.
  • the piercing member 720 does not extend beyond the skirt 736 , which helps to shield users from accidental contact with the piercing member 720 .
  • the proximal extension 709 of the housing member 706 is coupled with the sheath 707 .
  • the proximal extension 709 and the housing member 706 are joined in threaded, snapped, or friction-fit engagement.
  • the proximal extension 709 and the housing member 706 are joined by glue, epoxy, ultrasonic welding, etc.
  • the proximal extension 709 and the housing member 706 are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material.
  • the proximal extension 709 and the housing member 706 are coupled in substantially airtight engagement.
  • the proximal extension 709 and the sheath 707 are configured to secure a sealing member 715 in place.
  • the proximal extension 709 comprises a shelf 717 that extends around an inner perimeter thereof
  • the sheath 707 comprises ridge 719 that extends around an inner perimeter thereof.
  • the shelf 717 and the ridge 719 can be configured to tension the sealing member 715 in place.
  • the sealing member 715 is slightly compressed by the shelf 717 and the ridge 719 .
  • the sealing member 715 is held in place by glue or some other adhesive.
  • the sealing member 715 is retained in a groove in the bag insertion member 708 .
  • the sealing member 715 can comprise any suitable material for forming a substantially airtight seal with the bag insertion member 708 while being slidably engaged therewith.
  • the sealing member 715 comprises a standard O-ring as is known in the art.
  • the sealing member 715 comprises a flange or other configuration that permits movement of the bag insertion member 708 in one direction only, such as to be inserted in the vial 210 .
  • the substantially airtight seal between the sealing member 715 and the bag insertion member 708 defines a proximal boundary of the extractor channel 745 .
  • the sheath 707 is sized and dimensioned to be gripped by a user—in various instances, with one, two, three, or four fingers of one hand of the user.
  • the sheath 707 can be substantially hollow, defining a chamber 751 through which the bag insertion member 708 can move. In some embodiments, the chamber 751 narrows toward the distal end thereof.
  • the sheath 707 can also define a slot 752 . In some instances, the slot 752 has a substantially constant width, while in others, the slot 752 narrows toward a distal end thereof.
  • the slot 752 can comprise a locking mechanism, as described below.
  • a tab 753 is attached to or integrally formed with the bag insertion member 708 .
  • the tab 753 can be sized and dimensioned to be easily manipulated by a user—in some instances, by a thumb of the user.
  • the tab 753 can be rounded to prevent any snags thereon by gloves that might be worn by the user.
  • the tab 753 is generally configured to cooperate with the slot 752 .
  • the tab 753 extends radially outward from the proximal end of the bag insertion member 753 and through the slot 752 .
  • the tab 753 and the slot 752 can be sized and configured such that the tab 753 can slide along a length of the slot 752 .
  • the distal end of the slot 752 is sized such that the tab 753 fits snugly therein.
  • FIGS. 20A and 20B illustrate two separate locking mechanisms that can be used to secure the tab 753 at some fixed position in the slot 752 .
  • FIG. 20A illustrates a clip 754 .
  • the clip 754 comprises an angled face 755 and a ridge 756 , and is biased toward a closed position, as illustrated.
  • the tab 753 As the tab 753 is advanced toward the distal end of the slot 752 , it contacts the face 755 and forces the clip 754 toward an open position.
  • the clip 754 is free to return to its natural, closed position. Accordingly, the ridge 756 contacts a proximal surface of the tab 753 and holds the tab 753 in place.
  • the ridge 756 is curved such that the clip 754 will not spring back into place until the tab 753 has reached the distal end of the slot 752 , and once the clip 754 does spring back into place, a portion of the ridge 756 remains in contact with the clip 754 .
  • more than one clip 754 can be used.
  • one clip 754 can be located on each side of the slot 752 to provide greater stability to the tab 753 when locked in place.
  • the one or more clips 754 comprise ridges extending from the sides of the slot 752 and are integrally formed with the sheath 707 . In such instances, the clips 754 can be substantially smaller than those shown, and need not move independently from the sheath 707 .
  • FIG. 20B illustrates an alternative arrangement of the slot 752 that can provide a locking mechanism for the tab 753 .
  • the slot 752 comprises a lateral extension 757 that has a height corresponding to the height of the tab 753 . Accordingly, once the tab 753 is advanced to the distal end of the slot 752 , the tab 753 can be rotated into the lateral extension 757 . In some instances, the tab 753 is secured in the lateral extension 757 by a friction fit. In other instances, a clip 754 can be used. Any other suitable means for locking the tab 753 in place can be employed.
  • the bag insertion member 708 comprises a flange 754 configured to help securely lock the tab 753 in place.
  • the flange 754 can be attached to or integrally formed with the bag insertion member 708 , and in certain instances, comprises a unitary piece with the tab 753 .
  • the chamber 751 narrows toward the distal end of the sheath 707 . Accordingly, as the bag insertion member 708 is advanced toward the distal end of the sheath 707 , the flange 754 contacts a sidewall of the chamber 751 , thereby restricting movement of the proximal end of the bag insertion member 708 .
  • the bag insertion member 708 comprises a hollow shaft 753 .
  • the shaft 753 extends from a proximal end of the sheath 707 to the distal end 723 of the piercing member 720 .
  • the shaft 753 can define a regulator channel 725 through which ambient air may flow.
  • the bag insertion member 708 comprises thinner walls at its distal end to allow room for the bag 760 within the extractor channel 745 .
  • the bag 760 can be attached to the bag insertion member 708 by any suitable means, such as those described above with respect to the bag 260 .
  • only the distal end 762 of the bag 760 is attached to the bag insertion member 708 , thus freeing the remainder of the bag 760 to expand within the vial 210 .
  • the bag 760 is substantially cylindrical in order to conform to the volume of the vial 210 .
  • the bag 760 can be configured to expand both laterally and longitudinally.
  • the bag insertion member 708 is configured to advance the bag 760 to a distance within the vial 210 sufficient to ensure that the bag 760 does not obstruct fluid flow through the distal end 723 of the piercing member 720 . As indicated above, in some embodiments, the bag insertion member 708 is locked in place once it is advanced into the vial 210 . Because the bag insertion member 708 generally cannot thereafter be withdrawn from the vial 210 , there is a reduced chance of puncturing or tearing the bag 760 on the distal tip 723 after the bag 760 has expanded laterally.
  • the tab 753 is advanced distally along the slot 752 , thus advancing the bag 760 toward the interior of the vial 210 .
  • the tab 753 is locked in place at the distal end of the slot 752 .
  • a user grips the sheath 707 with one or more fingers of one hand and advances the tab 753 distally within the slot 752 with the thumb of the hand until the tab 753 locks in place. Other gripping arrangements can also be employed.
  • fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210 through the distal end 723 and through the extractor channel 745 , and the bag 760 consequently expands with air.
  • the air can flow through a regulator aperture 750 , through the regulator channel 725 and into the bag 760 .
  • fluid is injected into the vial 210 via the extractor channel 745 and the distal end 723 , and air is forced from the bag 760 .
  • the expelled air can follow the reverse path through the regulator channel 725 .
  • FIG. 21 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 800 in a disassembled state.
  • the adaptor 800 comprises a housing member 806 , a bag 860 , and a casing member 870 .
  • the adaptor 800 is configured to provide sterilized air to the vial 210 as fluid is withdrawn therefrom.
  • the housing member 806 comprises a cap connector 830 , a piercing member 820 , and a proximal extension 809 which, in some arrangements, are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material.
  • the housing member comprises polycarbonate plastic.
  • the cap connector 830 resembles similarly numbered cap connectors described above in many ways.
  • the cap connector 830 comprises one or more projections 837 and/or one or more slits 839 .
  • an inner ring 835 and an outer ring 836 project from a proximal surface of the cap connector 830 .
  • the inner ring 835 can be configured to couple with the bag 860 , as described below.
  • the outer ring 836 can be configured to couple with the casing member 870 , preferably in substantially airtight engagement via any suitable means, including those described herein.
  • the piercing member 820 extends distally from a central portion of the cap connector 830 and the proximal extension 809 extends proximally from the central portion of the cap connector 830 .
  • the piercing member 820 and proximal extension 809 define an outer boundary of both a regulator channel 825 and an extractor channel 845 .
  • An inner wall 827 defines an inner boundary between the regulator channel 825 and the extractor channel 845 .
  • the piercing member 820 defines a distal regulator aperture 850 a configured to be located within the vial 210 when the adaptor 800 is coupled therewith.
  • the distal regulator aperture 850 a permits fluid communication between the vial 210 and the regulator channel 825 .
  • the piercing member 820 can also define a distal extractor aperture 846 a .
  • the distal extractor aperture 846 a can be configured to be located adjacent an interior surface of the septum 216 when the adaptor 800 is coupled with the vial 210 , thereby permitting withdrawal of most or all of the liquid from the vial 210 through the extractor channel 845 .
  • the proximal extension 809 defines a proximal regulator aperture 850 b that allows fluid communication between the bag 860 and the regulator channel 825 .
  • the proximal regulator aperture 850 b can be located anywhere along the length of the portion of the proximal extension 809 that defines the outer boundary of the regulator channel 825 , and can assume various sizes. In some instances, the proximal regulator aperture 805 b is located at or adjacent the longitudinal center of the proximal extension 809 .
  • the purpose of the above-noted portion of the proximal extension 809 is primarily structural. Accordingly, in some arrangements, this portion is eliminated, and the proximal regulator aperture 850 b is instead defined by the cap connector 830 .
  • the proximal extension 809 can also define a proximal extractor aperture 846 b that allows fluid communication between a medical connector interface 840 and the extractor channel 845 .
  • the casing member 870 defines a cavity 871 for housing the bag 860 .
  • the casing member 870 can comprise the medical connector interface 840 , which resembles similarly numbered medical connector interfaces described above in many ways.
  • a base portion of the medical connector interface 840 is configured to accept a proximal end 872 of the proximal extension 809 .
  • the proximal end 872 is attached to the casing member 870 in substantially airtight engagement via any suitable means, including those disclosed herein.
  • the casing member 870 comprises a venting aperture 873 .
  • the venting aperture 873 allows ambient air to enter the chamber 871 , thereby exposing an exterior surface of the bag 860 to atmospheric pressure, described in more detail below.
  • the casing member 870 can comprise a proximal ring 874 for coupling the casing member 870 with the bag 860 , as discussed below.
  • the casing member 870 preferably comprises a rigid material capable of protecting the bag 860 , and in some instances comprises polycarbonate plastic.
  • the bag 860 comprises a proximal flange 861 and a distal flange 862 .
  • the proximal flange 861 can be sized and configured to couple with the proximal ring 874 of the casing member 870
  • the distal flange 862 can be sized and configured to couple with the inner ring 835 of the housing member 806 , preferably in substantially airtight engagement.
  • a substantially airtight engagement is achieved with flanges 861 , 862 that comprise stiffer and/or thicker material than the remainder of the bag 860 .
  • an inner diameter of the flanges 861 , 862 is slightly smaller than an outer diameter of the rings 874 , 835 , respectively. In some arrangements, the flanges 861 , 862 are adhered to the rings 874 , 835 , respectively.
  • the inner diameter of either of the flanges 861 , 862 is from about 0.10 to about 0.40 inches, from about 0.15 to about 0.35, or from about 0.20 to about 0.30 inches. In other configurations, the inner diameter is at least about 0.10 inches, at least about 0.15 inches, at least about 0.20 inches, or at least about 0.25 inches. In still other configurations, the inner diameter is no more than about 0.30 inches, no more than about 0.35 inches, or no more than about 0.40 inches. In some embodiments, the inner diameter is about 0.25 inches.
  • the height of the bag 860 is from about 1.00 to 3.00 inches, from about 1.50 to 2.50 inches, or from about 1.75 to about 2.25 inches. In other configurations, the height is at least about 1.00 inches, at least about 1.50 inches, at least about 1.75 inches, or at least about 2.00 inches. In still other configurations, the height is no more than about 2.25 inches, no more than about 2.50 inches, or no more than about 3.00 inches. In some embodiments, the height is about 2.00 inches.
  • the width of the bag 860 is from about 0.80 inches to about 1.00 inches, from about 0.85 inches to about 0.95 inches, or from about 0.87 to about 0.89 inches. In other configurations, the width is at least about 0.80 inches, at least about 0.85 inches, or at least about 0.87 inches. In still other configurations, the width is no more than about 0.89 inches, no more than about 0.95 inches, or no more than about 1.00 inches. In some configurations, the width is about 0.875 inches. In some configurations, the thickness of the bag 860 is from about 0.0005 inches to about 0.010 inches.
  • the bag 860 is sufficiently thick to resist tearing or puncturing during manufacture or use, but sufficiently flexible to contract under relatively small pressure differentials, such as pressure differentials no more than about 1 psi, no more than about 2 psi, no more than about 3 psi, no more than about 4 psi, or no more than about 5 psi.
  • the bag 860 is both circularly symmetric and symmetric about a latitudinal plane passing through a center of the bag 860 . In such embodiments, assembly of the adaptor 800 is facilitated because the bag 860 can assume any of a number of equally acceptable orientations within the adaptor 800 .
  • the bag 860 comprises sterilized air that can be drawn into the vial 210 (not shown) as fluid is withdrawn therefrom.
  • the air within the bag 860 is pressurized to correspond with the approximate atmospheric pressure at which the adaptor 800 is expected to be used.
  • a removable cover or tab 875 (shown in FIG. 22 ) is placed over the distal regulator aperture 850 a in order to maintain the pressure within the bag 860 and to ensure that the air within the bag 860 remains sterile up through coupling of the adaptor 800 with the vial 210 .
  • the tab 875 can be configured to catch on the septum 216 and remain there as the piercing member 820 is inserted through the septum 216 .
  • Other suitable methods can also be used for maintaining the pressure within the bag 860 and ensuring that the air within the bag 860 remains sterile up through coupling of the adaptor 800 with the vial 210 .
  • the atmospheric pressure within the extractor channel 845 corresponds with the pressure within the bag 860 .
  • the bag 860 comprises a volume of air equal to or greater than the volume of fluid contained in the vial 210 .
  • the bag 860 is also preferably configured to readily collapse.
  • excess fluid and/or bubbles are returned to the vial 210 .
  • Injecting fluid and/or air into the vial 210 increases pressure within the vial 210 .
  • air and/or fluid within the vial 210 flows through the distal regulator aperture 850 a into the regulator channel 825 .
  • the air and/or fluid additionally flows into the bag 860 .
  • the proximal regulator aperture 850 b can be small so as permit air to flow therethrough but resist introduction of fluid to the bag 860 .
  • a hydrophobic filter, membrane, or mesh is disposed over the proximal regulator aperture 850 b .
  • the adaptor 800 thus can be particularly suited to allow the expulsion of excess fluid or air bubbles from a syringe or other medical instrument.
  • FIG. 24 illustrates an embodiment of a vial adaptor 900 coupled with the vial 210 .
  • the adaptor 900 comprises a medical connector interface 940 , a cap connector 930 , and a piercing member 920 .
  • the adaptor 900 further comprises an input port 980 and regulator port 981 .
  • the ports 980 , 981 are disposed at opposite ends of the adaptor 900 in order to balance the adaptor 900 .
  • a single housing comprises each of the above-noted features.
  • the housing can comprise any rigid material, such as plastic.
  • the medical connector interface 940 and the cap connector interface 930 represent similarly numbered features described above.
  • the cap connector 930 comprises a platform 939 .
  • the piercing member 920 defines an extractor aperture 946 , a distal portion of an extractor channel 945 , a regulator aperture 950 , and a distal portion of a regulator channel 925 .
  • the apertures 946 , 950 can be positioned on the sides of the piercing member 920 or at a distal end 923 thereof, as illustrated.
  • the extractor channel 945 extends through the piercing member 920 , through the cap connector 930 , and through the medical connector interface 940 .
  • the regulator channel 925 extends through the piercing member 920 , through the cap connector 930 , and into the ports 980 , 981 .
  • the input port 980 comprises a hydrophobic filter 990 .
  • filters are generally known in the art.
  • the filter 990 prevents dust, bacteria, microbes, spores, and other contaminants from entering the vial 210 .
  • the input port 980 comprises a valve 984 .
  • the valve 984 is configured to permit air that has passed through the filter 990 to pass into the regulator channel 925 , but to prevent any air or fluid from passing through the valve 984 in the other direction.
  • the regulator port 981 comprises a hydrophobic filter 991 .
  • the filter 991 is identical to the filter 990 .
  • the hydrophobic filter need only be capable of prohibiting the passage therethrough of liquids or vapors, whether or not it is capable of filtering out dust, bacteria, etc.
  • the regulator port 981 comprises a bag 960 in substantially airtight engagement with the port 981 .
  • the bag 960 comprises a flexible material capable of expanding and contracting.
  • the bag 960 comprises a substantially impervious material.
  • the bag 960 comprises Mylar®, polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, saran, latex rubber, polyisoprene, silicone rubber, and polyurethane.
  • the filter 990 passes through the filter 990 , through the valve 984 , through the regulator channel 925 , and into the vial 210 .
  • the bag 960 if not already inflated, tends to inflate within the regulator port 981 due to pressure within the vial 210 being lower than atmospheric pressure.
  • the size of the bag 960 determines the amount of overdrawn fluid that can be returned to the vial 210 without causing any of the pressure-related problems described above.
  • the bag 960 when expanded, has a volume of between about 0.5 cc and 5 cc, between about 1 cc and 4 cc, or between about 1.5 cc and about 2 cc. In some embodiments the volume is no more than about 2 cc or no more than about 1 cc.
  • the adaptor 900 houses a relatively small bag 960 having a volume of about 1 cc or about 2 cc, for example, which permits the return of bubbles or small amounts of overdrawn fluid while keeping the adaptor 900 from being overly bulky.
  • the presence of filters 990 , 991 that are hydrophobic can be precautionary and may not be warranted.
  • the valve 984 and the substantially impervious bag 960 should prevent any fluid from passing from the vial 210 to the exterior of the adaptor 900 .
  • the hydrophobic filters 990 , 991 could serve to prevent fluid from exiting the adaptor 900 .
  • the collapsible bag 960 is removed from the regulator port 991 and/or the valve 984 is removed from the input port 980 without affecting the operation of the adaptor 900 .
  • FIG. 25 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 1000 coupled with a vial 1210 .
  • the adaptor 1000 comprises a medical device interface 1040 , a cap connector 1030 , and a piercing member 1020 , each of which resembles similarly numbered features described herein in many ways.
  • the adaptor 1000 comprises an extractor channel 1045 for removing fluid from the vial 1210 , but does not comprise a regulator channel.
  • the vial 1210 resembles the vial 210 except as detailed hereafter.
  • the vial 1210 comprises a regulator conduit 1215 coupled at one end with a bag 1260 , preferably in substantially airtight engagement.
  • the regulator conduit 1215 extends through the septum 216 and through the casing 218 .
  • the portion of the septum 216 that is normally visible to a user is substantially unaffected by the presence of the conduit 1215 , as illustrated in FIG. 26 . Accordingly, a user would generally not risk accidentally trying to insert the piercing member 1020 into or over the regulator conduit 1215 .
  • the regulator conduit 1215 extends through the septum 216 only. In still other embodiments, the regulator conduit 1215 extends through the body 212 of the vial 1210 .
  • the regulator conduit 1215 can be substantially longer than is shown in the illustrated embodiment to avoid puncture of the bag 1260 by the needle. In some instances, the regulator conduit 1215 can extend further into the vial 1210 than the maximum distance that a needle can extend into the vial 1210 .
  • the regulator conduit 1215 can extend at least about 1 ⁇ 4, 1 ⁇ 3, 1 ⁇ 2, 3 ⁇ 4, or substantially all of the distance from the interior wall of the vial 1210 .
  • the regulator conduit 1215 can also be curved to conform with the curved shape of the neck portion of a standard vial.
  • the regulator conduit 1215 can help to position the bag 1260 as far as possible from a needle or piercing member 1020 that penetrates the septum 216 .
  • the vial 1210 is filled with a medical fluid, is slightly evacuated, and is then hermetically sealed.
  • the bag 1260 is included in the sealed vial 1210 in a generally collapsed state. However, atmospheric pressure acting on the interior of the bag 1260 can cause it to expand slightly within the sealed vial 1210 in some instances.
  • the adaptor 1000 can be coupled to the vial 1210 .
  • insertion of the piercing member 1020 results in slight pressure changes within the vial 1210 that force the bag 1260 away from the piercing member 1020 .
  • the piercing member 1020 extends just beyond a distal surface of the septum 216 , and is spaced away from the bag 260 .
  • any adaptor disclosed herein could be coupled with the vial 1210 , as could numerous other adaptors configured to be coupled with a standard medicinal vial.
  • the bag 1260 expands and contracts, respectively, in a manner as disclosed herein.
  • the vial 1210 comprises one or more extensions 1230 .
  • the extensions 1230 can be disposed around the perimeter of the cap 214 , as shown, or they can be located at other points on the cap 214 .
  • the one or more extensions 1230 are located on a distal side of the cap 214 , on a proximal side of the cap 214 , and/or around a surface extending between the proximal and distal sides of the cap 214 .
  • the extensions 1230 extend only a short distance around the perimeter of the cap 214 .
  • the extensions 1230 maintain space between the cap 214 and the cap connector 1030 when the vial adaptor 1000 is coupled with the vial 1210 , thus allowing ambient air to flow freely into and/or out of the regulator conduit 1215 .
  • the vial adaptor 1000 comprises extensions 1230 for the same purpose. Other arrangements are possible for permitting air to flow freely into and/or out of the regulator conduit 1215 .
  • the vial adaptor 1000 can comprise a venting channel (not shown) extending through the cap connector 1230 .
  • FIG. 27 illustrates an embodiment of a vial 1310 comprising a bag 1360 coupled with the adaptor 1000 .
  • the bag 1360 is filled with a medical fluid 1320 .
  • a distal end 1362 of the bag 1360 can be hermetically sealed to the cap 214 .
  • the distal end 1362 is sealed between the septum 216 and a proximal end of the body 212 .
  • the vial 1310 comprises a venting aperture 1325 .
  • the venting aperture 1325 can be located anywhere on the body 212 . In some arrangements, the venting aperture 1325 is located at a distal end of the body 212 .
  • the bag 1360 does not obstruct the venting aperture 1325 when fluid is withdrawn from the vial 1310 in an upside-down configuration.
  • the venting aperture 1325 is covered by a filter or a screen to prevent debris or other items from entering the vial 1310 and possibly puncturing the bag 1360 .
  • the bag 1360 contracts to a new smaller volume to account for the amount of fluid withdrawn.
  • the pressure surrounding the bag 1360 and the pressure acting on a device used to extract the fluid, such as a syringe are the same when fluid ceases to be withdrawn from the vial 1310 . Accordingly, extraction of fluid from the vial 1310 can be similar to other methods and systems described herein in many ways.
  • FIG. 28 illustrates an embodiment of a vial 1410 comprising a bag 1460 .
  • the vial 1410 comprises a regulator conduit 1415 coupled at one end with the bag 1460 , preferably in substantially airtight engagement.
  • the regulator conduit 1415 comprises a center wall 1417 and an outer wall 1419 .
  • the center wall 1417 bisects the septum 216 , extending along the diameter of the septum 216 .
  • the center wall 1417 can comprise a flange 1420 that extends proximally from the septum 216 along a portion thereof not covered by the casing 218 .
  • the outer wall 1419 is sealed in substantially airtight engagement between the septum 216 and a proximal end of the body 212 .
  • the outer wall 1419 is substantially semicircular.
  • the septum 216 is divided into two portions by the regulator conduit 1415 . Piercing one portion of the septum 216 provides access to the contents of the vial 1410 , and piercing the other portion of the septum 216 provides access to the regulator conduit 1415 and the bag 1460 . In some configurations, at least a proximal surface of the septum 216 is colored, painted, or otherwise marked to indicate the different portions of the septum 216 .
  • FIG. 29 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 1500 coupled with the vial 1410 .
  • the adaptor 1500 comprises a medical connector interface 1540 and a cap connector 1530 that resemble similarly numbered features described herein.
  • the cap connector 1530 can define a groove 1531 having sufficient depth to accept the flange 1420 or to avoid contact therewith.
  • the adaptor 1500 comprises an extractor piercing member 1521 and a regulator piercing member 1522 .
  • the extractor piercing member 1521 is configured to extend just beyond a distal surface of the septum 216 . Accordingly, in some instances, the regulator piercing member 1522 is longer than the extractor piercing member 1521 , which provides a means for distinguishing the piercing members 1521 , 1522 from each other. Other methods for distinguishing the piercing members 1521 , 1522 can also be employed.
  • the adaptor 1500 can be colored, painted, or otherwise marked to indicate correspondance with the different sections of the septum 216 .
  • the extractor piercing member 1521 provides fluid communication with the liquid contents of the vial 1410
  • the regulator piercing member 1522 provides fluid communication with the bag 1460 . Accordingly, removal of liquid from the vial 1410 via the adaptor 1500 can be similar to other liquid removal methods and systems described herein in many ways.
  • FIG. 30 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 1600 in a disassembled state.
  • the adaptor 1600 can be coupled with a vial, such as the vial 210 described above.
  • the adaptor 1600 resembles the adaptors described above in many ways, but differs in manners such as those discussed hereafter. Any suitable combination of features, structures, or characteristics described with respect to the adaptor 1600 and/or any other adaptor described herein is possible.
  • the adaptor 1600 comprises a plug 1601 , a bag 1660 , a channel housing member 1670 , a tip 1624 , a sleeve 1680 , a cap connector 1630 , and a shroud 1690 .
  • the adaptor 1600 comprises fewer than all of these features or structures.
  • the adaptor 1600 does not comprise the plug 1601 , the sleeve 1680 , and/or the shroud 1690 .
  • the channel housing member 1670 and the cap connector 1630 comprise separate pieces, as shown. In other arrangements, the channel housing member 1670 and the cap connector 1630 are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material.
  • the adaptor 1600 comprises a piercing member 1620 .
  • the piercing member 1620 comprises the tip 1624 and the sheath 1622 , while in other embodiments, the piercing member 1620 does not comprise the tip 1624 .
  • the tip 1624 is separable from the sheath 1622 .
  • the tip 1624 is secured to the sheath 1622 by a sleeve 1680 .
  • the sleeve 1680 can be configured to cling to the septum 216 as the sheath 1622 is inserted through the septum 216 , thereby remaining on the exterior of the vial 210 .
  • the sleeve 1680 can resemble the jacket 505 described above.
  • the sleeve 1680 comprises heat shrink tubing, polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, saran, latex rubber, polyisoprene, silicone rubber, or polyurethane.
  • the channel housing member 1670 comprises a medical connector interface 1640 , a radial extension 1672 , and a sheath 1622 .
  • the medical connector interface 1640 , the radial extension 1672 , and the sheath 1622 are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material.
  • the channel housing member 1670 comprises a stiff material, such as polycarbonate plastic.
  • the medical connector interface 1640 can resemble other medical connector interfaces described herein in many respects.
  • the medical connector interface 1640 defines a proximal end of an extractor channel 1645 .
  • the medical connector interface 1640 is offset from an axial center of the channel housing member 1670 .
  • the medical connector interface 1640 is asymmetric, and in some instances, comprises an indentation 1641 at a base thereof.
  • the indentation 1641 results from one side of the medical connector interface 1640 having a more tapered and/or thinner sidewall than another side thereof, as illustrated in FIG. 32 .
  • the indentation 1641 results from the sidewall being shaped differently on two or more sides of the medical connector interface 1640 , while the thickness of the sidewall does not substantially vary at any given latitudinal cross-section of the medical connector interface 1640 .
  • the indentation 1641 facilitates assembly of the adaptor 1600 and/or permits the use of a larger bag 1660 .
  • the radial extension 1672 projects outward from an axial center of the channel housing member 1670 .
  • the radial extension 1672 is located at the base of the medical connector interface 1640 such that the extractor channel 1645 extends through the radial extension 1672 .
  • the radial extension 1672 defines a bag insertion aperture 1674 .
  • a ledge 1676 (shown in FIGS. 30 , 32 , and 33 ) separates the bag insertion aperture 1674 from the base of the medical connector interface 1640 .
  • the bag insertion aperture 1674 can assume any of a variety of shapes. In the illustrated embodiment, the bag insertion aperture 1674 is substantially semicircular with the ledge 1676 defining a flat portion of the semicircle (see FIG. 30 ).
  • the sheath 1622 can resemble other sheaths disclosed herein in many respects.
  • an axial length of the sheath 1622 is substantially perpendicular to the radial extension 1672 .
  • the sheath 1622 defines at least a distal portion of the extractor channel 1645 .
  • the portion of the sidewall of the sheath 1622 defining a portion of the extractor channel 1645 is thinner than other portions of the sidewall (see FIGS. 32 and 33 ).
  • the sheath 1622 defines a cavity 1629 for housing at least a portion of the bag 1660 .
  • the extractor channel 1645 and the cavity 1629 are separated by an inner wall 1627 .
  • the sheath 1622 can be generally hollow and terminate at a distal end 1623 .
  • an extractor aperture 1646 extends through a sidewall of the sheath 1622 at a distal end of the extractor channel 1645 .
  • the extractor aperture 1646 is substantially circular.
  • the diameter of the extractor aperture 1646 is between about 0.020 inches and about 0.060 inches, between about 0.030 inches and about 0.050 inches, or between about 0.035 inches and about 0.045 inches. In other instances the diameter is greater than about 0.020 inches, greater than about 0.030 inches, or greater than about 0.035 inches. In still other instances, the diameter is less than about 0.060 inches, less than about 0.050 inches, or less than about 0.045 inches. In some instances, the diameter is about 0.040 inches.
  • the extractor aperture 1646 is configured to be adjacent the septum 216 when the adaptor 1600 is coupled with the vial 210 .
  • a center of the extractor aperture 1646 is spaced from a distal surface 1679 of the radial extension 1672 (see FIG. 32 ) by a distance of between about 0.25 inches and about 0.35 inches, between about 0.28 inches and about 0.32 inches, or between about 0.29 inches and about 0.31 inches.
  • the distance is greater than about 0.25 inches, greater than about 0.28 inches, or greater than about 0.29 inches.
  • the distance is less than about 0.35 inches, less than about 0.32 inches, or less than about 0.31 inches. In some instances, the distance is about 0.305 inches.
  • a groove 1678 extends distally from the extractor aperture 1646 .
  • the groove 1678 extends along the length of the sheath 1622 .
  • the groove 1678 extends at an angle with respect to the length of the sheath 1622 .
  • the groove 1678 can be substantially straight, or it can be curved.
  • the groove 1678 has a substantially constant depth and width.
  • the depth and/or width vary along a length of the groove 1678 .
  • the cross-sectional profile of the groove 1678 is asymmetrical, as shown in FIG. 34 . Accordingly, the depth of the groove 1678 can vary from one side of the groove 1678 to the other.
  • the length of the groove 1678 is between about 0.15 inches and about 0.35 inches, between about 0.20 inches and about 0.30 inches, or between about 0.23 inches and about 0.27 inches. In other arrangements, the length is greater than about 0.15 inches, greater than about 0.20 inches, or greater than about 0.23 inches. In still other arrangements, the length is less than about 0.35 inches, less than about 0.30 inches, or less than about 0.27 inches. In some embodiments, the length is about 0.25 inches.
  • the width of the groove 1678 is between about 0.010 inches and about 0.030 inches, between about 0.015 inches and about 0.025 inches, or between about 0.018 inches and about 0.022 inches. In other arrangements, the width is greater than about 0.010 inches, greater than about 0.015 inches, or greater than about 0.018 inches. In still other arrangements, the width is less than about 0.030 inches, less than about 0.025 inches, or less than about 0.022 inches. In some embodiments, the width is about 0.020 inches.
  • the depth of the groove 1678 is between about 0.020 inches and about 0.040 inches, between about 0.025 inches and about 0.035 inches, or between about 0.030 inches and about 0.034 inches. In other arrangements, the depth is greater than about 0.020 inches, greater than about 0.025 inches, or greater than about 0.030 inches. In still other arrangements, the depth is less than about 0.040 inches, less than about 0.035 inches, or less than about 0.034 inches. In some embodiments, the depth is about 0.032 inches.
  • the extractor aperture 1646 it is desirable for the extractor aperture 1646 to be as close as possible to the septum 216 when the adaptor 1600 is coupled with the vial 210 so that a maximum amount of fluid can be removed from the vial 210 .
  • the precise dimensions of the septum 216 or, more generally, of the cap 214 can vary among different vials 210 of the same make and size.
  • the adaptor 1600 can be configured to couple with an assortment of vials 210 that vary by size or by source of manufacture.
  • the groove 1678 can provide a fluid passageway to the extractor aperture 1646 , even if the extractor aperture 1640 is partially or completely obstructed by the septum 216 .
  • the groove 1678 allows the removal of substantially all of the fluid contents of the vial 210 , regardless of the precise orientation of the extractor aperture 1646 with respect to the septum 216 .
  • the groove 1678 is sized and dimensioned such that the septum 216 does not obstruct the flow of fluid through the groove 1678 .
  • the septum 216 comprises a compliant material that conforms to the shape of an item inserted therethrough, often forming a liquid-tight seal with the item. Accordingly, in some instances, the edges of the groove 1678 are angled sufficiently sharply and the depth of the groove 1678 is sufficiently large to prevent the septum 216 from completely conforming to the shape of the groove 1678 . Accordingly, a fluid passageway remains between the septum 216 and the volume of the groove 1678 that is not filled in by the septum 216 .
  • the groove 1678 extends into the sheath 1622 at an angle, rather than directly toward the center of the sheath 1622 . In some instances, an angled configuration allows the groove 1678 to be deeper than it could be otherwise. In some instances, the depth of the groove 1678 is greater than the thickness of the sheath 1622 .
  • the plug 1601 is configured to secure the bag 1660 to the channel housing member 1670 .
  • the plug 1601 comprises a projection 1602 and a rim 1604 .
  • the projection 1602 is configured to be inserted into an opening 1661 of the bag 1660 and to tension the bag 1660 against the bag insertion aperture 1674 (see FIG. 30 ).
  • the cross-sectional profile of the projection 1602 is substantially complementary to that of the bag insertion aperture 1674 .
  • the cross-sectional profile of the projection 1602 is substantially semicircular.
  • the projection 1602 can taper toward a distal end thereof, allowing the projection to be inserted into the bag insertion aperture 1674 with relative ease.
  • contact between the projection 1602 and the bag 1660 creates a substantially airtight seal
  • contact between the bag 1660 and the channel housing member 1670 creates a substantially airtight seal.
  • glue or some other adhesive is applied to the plug 1601 , the bag 1660 , and/or the channel housing member 1670 to ensure a substantially airtight seal.
  • the semicircular arrangement of the projection 1602 and the bag insertion aperture 1674 facilitates assembly of the adaptor 1600 .
  • the asymmetry of the arrangement can help to ensure that the plug 1601 is oriented properly upon insertion thereof into the channel housing member 1670 .
  • the asymmetry can also prevent the plug 1601 from rotating within the channel housing member 1670 .
  • Other arrangements are also possible for the interface between the plug 1601 and the channel housing member 1670 .
  • the rim 1604 extends along a portion of the perimeter of the plug 1601 and defines a recess 1605 .
  • the recess 1605 is configured to accept a flange 1661 of the bag 1660 (see FIG. 30 ), thereby allowing a distal surface of the rim 1604 to contact a proximal surface of the radial extension 1672 .
  • an adhesive is applied to the distal surface of the rim 1604 to help secure the plug 1601 to the channel housing member 1670 .
  • the plug 1601 defines a regulator channel 1625 .
  • the regulator channel 1625 can extend from a regulator aperture 1650 into the bag 1660 of an assembled adaptor 1600 .
  • the regulator aperture 1650 is exposed to the environment at the exterior of the assembled adaptor 1600 .
  • the regulator channel 1625 can permit air to ingress to and/or egress from the bag 1660 .
  • the cap connector 1630 can resemble the cap connectors described above in many ways.
  • the cap connector comprises one or more projections 1637 and/or one or more slits 1639 .
  • the cap connector 1630 comprises a piercing member aperture 1632 .
  • the piercing member 1620 is inserted through the piercing member aperture 1632 during assembly of the adaptor 1600 .
  • a proximal surface of the cap connector 1630 is substantially planar.
  • a distal surface of the radial projection 1672 of the channel housing member 1670 is also substantially planar. The two planar surfaces can abut one another in an assembled adaptor 1600 .
  • a large area of contact between the cap connector 1630 and the radial projection 1672 can permit a secure attachment between these pieces via application of an adhesive, ultrasonic welding, or some other method.
  • the shroud 1690 is configured to couple with the cap connector 1630 .
  • the shroud 1690 can frictionally engage the cap connector 1630 , snap into the cap connector 1630 , or couple with the cap connector 1630 by any other suitable means.
  • the shroud 1690 comprises one or more indentations 1694 that can provide traction for removing the shroud 1690 prior to using the adaptor 1600 .
  • the shroud 1690 comprises a substantially smooth inner surface and a substantially smooth outer surface, and can resemble a right cylindrical tube.
  • the shroud is open at a proximal end 1692 and closed at a distal end 1696 .
  • the shroud 1690 is open at the proximal end 1692 and open at the distal end 1696 .
  • the shroud 1690 is configured to enclose, substantially encircle, or otherwise shield the piercing member 1620 without contacting the piercing member 1620 .
  • the shroud 1690 can prevent contamination or damage of the piercing member 1620 that may result from accidental contact with the piercing member 1620 prior to use of the adaptor 1600 .
  • FIG. 40 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 1700 in a disassembled state.
  • the adaptor 1700 can be coupled with a vial, such as the vial 210 .
  • the adaptor 1700 resembles the adaptors described above in many ways, but differs in manners such as those discussed hereafter. Any suitable combination of features, structures, or characteristics described with respect to the adaptor 1700 and/or any other adaptor described herein is possible.
  • the adaptor 1700 comprises a medical connector 241 , a housing member 1705 , a bag 1760 , a bag retainer 1770 , a tip 1724 , and/or a sleeve 1780 .
  • the housing member 1705 comprises a medical connector interface 1740 , a cap connector 1730 , and a sheath 1722 , each of which can in many ways resemble the medical connector interfaces, cap connectors, and sheaths, respectively, described herein.
  • a piercing member 1720 comprises the sheath 1722 , the bag retainer 1770 , and the tip 1724 .
  • the cap connector 1730 defines a regulator aperture 1750 .
  • the regulator aperture 1750 is slightly offset from an axial center of the vial adaptor 1700 .
  • the regulator aperture 1750 is in close proximity (e.g., adjacent) to an interface of the cap connector 1730 and the medical connector interface 1740 .
  • the regulator aperture 1750 can be sufficiently small to prevent passage therethrough of undesirable objects, and sufficiently large to vent the adaptor 1700 to atmosphere.
  • a relatively small regulator aperture 1750 can also permit the medical connector interface 1740 to be located relatively centrally, thus helping to balance the adaptor 1700 and prevent accidental tipping when the adaptor 1700 is connected with a vial.
  • the sheath 1722 comprises a recessed surface 1723 at a distal end thereof.
  • the recessed surface 1723 can be substantially cylindrical, and can have a smaller outer diameter than an outer diameter of a more proximal portion of the sheath 1722 .
  • the sheath 1722 defines a distal ledge 1725 .
  • the distal ledge 1725 can extend between an outer surface 1726 of the sheath 1722 and the recessed surface 1723 .
  • the sheath 1722 defines an extractor aperture 1746 .
  • the sheath 1722 includes a groove 1778 , such as the groove 1678 , that extends from the extractor aperture.
  • the sheath 1722 does not include a groove 1778 .
  • the extractor aperture 1746 can be located at a position distal of the base of the sheath 1722 such that the aperture 1746 is less likely to be covered by the septum 216 of the cap 214 when the adaptor 1700 is connected to a vial 200 .
  • the extractor aperture 1746 is positioned within a region covering about half, one-quarter, or one-eighth of the distance from the base of the sheath 1722 to the end of the sheath 1722 .
  • the cap connector 1730 comprises a skirt 1736 , such as the skirt 736 .
  • the skirt 1736 can define one or more slits 1739 , which can allow the cap connector 1730 to flex radially outward as the adaptor 1700 is being coupled with a vial.
  • a portion of a slit 1739 defines a notch 1738 .
  • the notch 1738 can result from a molding process used to manufacture the housing member 1705 .
  • a removable tapered pin (not shown) is positioned such that the notch 1738 is formed around a proximal portion of the pin, and the extractor aperture 1746 is formed around a distal portion of the pin.
  • the groove 1778 is also formed by a removable piece which, in some embodiments, extends transversely from the tapered pin.
  • the notch 1738 can assist in signaling to a user the orientation of the extractor aperture 1746 when the adaptor 1700 is coupled with a vial 200 .
  • a center of the extractor aperture 1746 and a center of the notch 1738 are substantially collinear along a straight line that is substantially perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the sheath 1722 .
  • a method of extracting fluid from a vial 200 includes directing the notch 1738 toward the ground to permit fluid to collect near the extractor aperture 1746 .
  • the bag 1760 comprises an elastic material and can be substantially bulbous when in an unexpanded state.
  • a distal portion 1761 of the bag 1760 is convexly rounded, and can be substantially hemispherical.
  • the bag 1760 comprises a substantially cylindrical portion 1762 that extends from the distal portion 1761 .
  • the bag 1760 can include a concavely rounded portion 1763 at a proximal end of the cylindrical portion 1762 .
  • a radius of curvature of the distal portion 1761 of the bag 1760 is larger than a radius of curvature of the concavely rounded portion 1763 .
  • the diameter of the cylindrical portion 1762 and an axial distance between a tip 1764 of the distal end 1761 and a proximal end 1765 of the concavely rounded portion 1763 are substantially proportional to the maximum diameter and the height, respectively, of a vial with which the adaptor 1700 is configured to be coupled.
  • the bag 1760 is configured to expand to fill a substantial volume of a vial with which the adaptor 1700 is coupled.
  • the substantial volume filled by the bag 1760 is at least about 40 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 60 percent, at least about 70 percent, or at least about 80 percent of the volume of the vial.
  • the bag 1760 is sized, shaped, and/or is sufficiently flexible to fill a substantial volume of a vial that has a capacity of at least about 10 milliliters, at least about 20 milliliters, or at least about 50 milliliters.
  • the bag 1760 is configured to fill a substantial volume of a vial that has a capacity of at least about 100 milliliters or at least about 200 milliliters.
  • the bag 1760 can also be configured to fill other volumes.
  • the bag 1760 comprises a lip 1766 or other region of increased thickness extending outward from a proximal portion of the bag 1760 .
  • the lip 1766 can be disposed around a periphery of a proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 and can aid in coupling the bag 1760 with the piercing member 1720 , such as in a manner described below.
  • the increased thickness of the lip 1766 can increase the amount of force necessary to radially expand the lip 1766 , thus causing the lip 1766 to, in effect, grip more tightly a surface of an object positioned within it.
  • the thickness of the bag 1760 varies from one portion to another.
  • the distal portion 1761 of the bag 1760 is thinner and can be relatively stretchier or more compliant than the proximal region.
  • the variations in thicknesses of the bag 1760 can encourage the distal portion 1761 of the bag 1760 to expand more than the proximal region, and can allow the proximal region to grip the piercing member 1720 more effectively.
  • the bag retainer 1770 defines a proximal portion 1771 and a distal portion 1772 having different thicknesses. Each of the respective thicknesses can be substantially uniform.
  • the proximal portion 1771 has a thickness of no greater than about 20 thousandths of an inch, no greater than about 15 thousandths of an inch, or no greater than about 10 thousandths of an inch. In some embodiments, the thickness is about 10 thousandths of an inch. Other thicknesses are possible.
  • each of the proximal and distal portions 1771 , 1772 is substantially cylindrical.
  • an outer surface 1773 of the bag retainer 1770 is also substantially cylindrical.
  • the proximal portion 1771 is thinner than the distal portion 1772 such that the distal portion 1772 defines an inner shelf 1774 .
  • the inner shelf 1774 can aid in securing the bag 1760 to the piercing member 1720 .
  • the bag retainer 1770 comprises an outer surface 1773 that is curved along a longitudinal length thereof such that the thickness of the proximal and distal portions 1771 , 1772 varies along the longitudinal length.
  • the bag retainer 1770 is thicker towards the longitudinal center thereof, which can provide the bag retainer 1770 with added strength.
  • the outer surface 1773 is substantially smooth, which can allow the bag retainer 1770 to pass through the septum of a vial relatively easily.
  • the bag retainer 1770 can comprise a variety of materials, and in some embodiments, comprises polycarbonate plastic.
  • FIG. 44A illustrates an embodiment of the vial adaptor 1700 in an assembled state.
  • the sleeve 1780 can retain the tip 1724 and the bag retainer 1770 in close proximity (e.g., adjacent) to each other.
  • the sleeve 1780 comprises an elastic material, which can be stretched radially outward about the tip 1724 and the bag retainer 1770 .
  • the sleeve 1780 is forced toward the proximal end of the sheath 1722 and away from the tip 1724 and the bag retainer 1770 as the piercing member 1720 is advanced through the septum of a vial, which can permit the tip 1724 to separate from the bag retainer 1770 when the adaptor 1700 is coupled with the vial.
  • a portion of the bag 1760 is retained between the sheath 1722 and the bag retainer 1770 .
  • the lip 1766 of the bag 1760 is held between the distal ledge 1725 of the sheath 1722 and the inner shelf 1774 of the bag retainer 1770 .
  • the distal ledge 1725 and the inner shelf 1774 can substantially prevent longitudinal movement of the bag 1760 relative to the sheath 1722 .
  • a portion of the bag 1760 is retained between the distal portion 1772 of the bag retainer 1770 and the recessed surface 1723 of the sheath 1722 .
  • the sheath 1722 and the bag retainer 1770 retain the bag 1760 in substantially airtight engagement such that air entering the sheath from without a vial can expand the bag yet be prevented substantially from flowing into the contents of the vial.
  • the bag retainer 1770 is solvent-bonded to the sheath 1722 via ethylene dichloride or any other suitable manner.
  • a surface of the bag 1760 is lubricated.
  • the lubrication can facilitate placement of the bag 1760 within the sheath 1722 , such as during assembly of the adaptor 1700 , and/or can facilitate deployment of the bag 1760 , such as when fluid is removed from a vial with which the adaptor 1700 is coupled.
  • lubricant applied to the interior surface 1768 of the bag can reduce friction at an interface between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1722 .
  • the lubricant can reduce friction at one or more interfaces between separate portions of the bag 1760 , such as when the bag 1760 is doubled back within the sheath 1722 .
  • the bag 1760 can be lubricated in any suitable manner, such as those described above with respect to the bag 260 .
  • the bag 1760 is lubricated with fluoro silicone oil.
  • the interior surface 1768 of the bag 1760 is textured.
  • the interior surface 1768 can be grooved or roughened, or it can include bumps, ridges, lines, or protrusions or indentations arranged, for example, in a regular array, in an irregular pattern, or substantially randomly.
  • the texturing can resemble the finish of an article that has been exposed to bead blasting or sand blasting, e.g., a randomly spaced grouping of bumps and divots.
  • the textured surface 1768 reduces the surface area of the bag 1760 that is in contact with other portions of the bag 1760 , such as when the bag 1760 is doubled back, folded, pleated, bunched, or otherwise positioned within the sheath 1722 . Reducing the total surface area of the bag 1760 that contacts itself can improve the aging properties of the bag 1760 , and can extend the shelf life of an assembled adaptor 1700 . For example, some materials from which the bag 1760 can be manufactured tend to stick or bond to themselves over time, which can inhibit ready deployment of the bag 1760 .
  • a textured interior surface 1768 can inhibit lubricant from beading on the surface 1768 .
  • the textured surface 1768 thus can promote a relatively uniform distribution of the lubricant, thereby encouraging ready deployment of the bag 1760 .
  • an exterior surface of the bag 1760 is textured, either in addition to or instead of texturing of the interior surface 1768 .
  • the tip 1724 comprises a stem, stalk, or proximal extension 1790 such as the proximal extension 224 a described above.
  • the proximal extension 1790 tapers to progressively smaller transverse cross-sectional areas toward its proximal end.
  • the proximal extension 1790 comprises a substantially cylindrical portion 1792 .
  • the proximal extension 1790 can transition from the substantially cylindrical portion 1792 to a substantially frustoconical portion 1794 , and in further embodiments, can transition to a substantially curved or rounded end 1796 . Other arrangements are also possible.
  • the proximal extension 1790 is substantially conical or substantially tubular, and in some embodiments, the proximal extension 1790 includes one or more of the substantially cylindrical portion 1792 , the substantially frustoconical portion 1794 , and the substantially rounded end 1796 .
  • the proximal extension 1790 is configured to exert relatively little, if any, pressure on the bag 1760 within the sheath 1722 , and can be relatively unlikely to puncture or tear the bag 1760 .
  • the tip 1724 might tilt or rotate such that a longitudinal axis thereof is skewed relative to a longitudinal axis of the sheath 1722 , which can cause the proximal extension 1790 to press the bag 1760 against the inner wall of the sheath 1722 .
  • the proximal extension 1790 is sized and shaped such that a relatively large area thereof (as compared, e.g., with an edge or a point) contacts the bag 1760 when the tip 1724 is not axially aligned with the sheath 1722 .
  • the frustoconical portion 1794 provides a relatively large area for contacting the bag 1760 regardless of the direction in which the proximal extension 1790 is tilted or rotated relative to the sheath 1722 .
  • a method of assembling the adaptor 1700 includes providing a housing member 1705 having a sheath 1722 .
  • the method includes attaching a bag 1760 to the sheath 1722 , and in further embodiments, to the distal end of the sheath 1722 .
  • the method can include inverting the bag 1760 and/or advancing a portion of the bag 1760 into the sheath 1722 .
  • the method includes advancing a bag retainer 1770 over a portion of the bag 1760 , which can thereby secure the bag 1760 to the sheath 1722 .
  • the method includes advancing a portion of a tip 1724 inside the bag retainer 1770 .
  • the method can include placing or sliding a sleeve 1780 over at least a portion of the tip 1724 and at least a portion of the bag retainer 1770 .
  • a method for assembling the adaptor 1700 includes lubricating the bag 1760 .
  • the method can include introducing or applying an amount of one or more of the lubricants listed above to an interior region of the bag 1760 .
  • the lubricant is applied before the bag 1760 is secured to the sheath 1722 .
  • the bag is secured to the sheath 1722 before the lubricant is introduced into the bag.
  • lubricant can be inserted through the regulator aperture 1750 (see FIG. 41A ) into the bag 1760 .
  • introducing lubricant after the bag 1760 is attached to the sheath 1722 can facilitate securing the bag 1760 to the sheath 1722 .
  • it can be difficult to selectively apply lubricant to the bag 1760 in a manner that avoids lubricating undesirable portions of the bag 1760 , such as the proximal end thereof.
  • lubricating the proximal end of the bag 1760 can cause the bag 1760 to slip relative to the sheath 1722 , such as when the bag retainer 1770 is applied, and can inhibit or prevent creation of a seal between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1722 .
  • a substantially fluid-tight seal can be formed between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1722 .
  • the seal thus formed can prevent the lubricant from advancing between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1722 , and can thereby maintain a tight seal that can substantially prevent air from leaking into the vial 200 , and substantially prevent fluid from leaking out of the vial 200 , between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1722 .
  • FIG. 45 illustrates an embodiment of a housing member 1805 , such as the housing member 1705 , which can be compatible with the adaptor 1700 .
  • the housing member 1805 comprises a medical connector interface 1840 , a cap connector 1830 , and a sheath 1822 .
  • the housing member 1805 defines a relatively large regulator aperture 1850 .
  • at least a portion of the regulator aperture 1850 is defined by the medical connector interface 1840 , which can include a recess 1880 .
  • the recess 1880 can comprise a groove or indentation that extends from a location distal of a proximal end 1882 of the interface 1840 to a distal end 1884 of the interface 1840 .
  • the recess 1880 can increase in width and depth toward the regulator aperture 1850 .
  • the regulator aperture 1850 and/or the recess 1880 facilitate assembly of the adaptor 1700 .
  • a bag 1760 is secured to the sheath 1822 .
  • Lubricant can then be introduced to the bag 1760 via the regulator aperture 1850 .
  • the size of the regulator aperture 1850 is sufficiently large to receive an instrument 1886 , such as a needle or a hollow tube, configured to introduce lubricant into the bag 1760 .
  • the recess 1880 is sized and shaped to guide a tip of the instrument 1886 toward and, in still further embodiments, into the regulator aperture 1850 .
  • the recess 1880 is substantially shaped as a partial paraboloid that increases in size toward the regulator aperture 1850 .
  • a tip of the instrument 1886 contacting a proximal end of the recess 1880 thus can be smoothly directed distally and radially inward along a length of the medical connector interface 1840 toward the aperture 1850 .
  • the proximal end 1882 of the medical connector interface 1840 is configured to receive a medical connector 241 (see, e.g., FIG. 40 ).
  • solvent is applied to one or more surfaces of the proximal end 1882 of the interface 1840 and/or one or more surfaces of the medical connector 241 , and the medical connector 241 is pressed onto the interface 1840 .
  • one or more of the interface 1840 and the portion of the medical connector 241 that is configured to receive the interface 1840 comprises plastic, such as polycarbonate plastic, that substantially liquefies upon application of the solvent.
  • the interior and exterior surfaces of the proximal end 1882 of the medical connector interface 1840 are substantially smooth.
  • a relatively smooth proximal end 1882 can permit ready movement of the medical connector 241 relative to the interface 1840 as these components are being joined, which can reduce stresses in an assembled adaptor 1700 .
  • the medical connector 241 is placed on the medical connector interface 1840 after solvent has been applied to and has substantially liquefied a portion of the connector 241 and/or the proximal end 1882 of the interface 1840 .
  • fluid pressure can arise that urges the connector 241 in a proximal direction.
  • the connector 241 can thus naturally settle to a position that reduces or eliminates stresses at the junction of the connector 241 and the connector interface 1840 as the assembled components cure.
  • FIG. 46 illustrates another embodiment of the housing member 1805 .
  • the proximal end 1882 of the medical connector interface 1840 includes one or more engagement members such as, for example, threads 1890 .
  • the threads 1890 can interface with complementary threading on the medical connector 241 to encourage a tight seal between the connector 241 and the connector interface 1840 .
  • solvent is applied to one or more of the connector 241 and the connector interface 1840 .
  • FIG. 47 illustrates an embodiment of a housing member 1905 , such as the housing members 1705 , 1805 , which can be compatible with the adaptor 1700 .
  • the housing member 1905 includes a sheath 1922 that defines a receiving space, such as a receptacle or cavity 1910 .
  • the sheath 1922 can include an outer wall 1930 and an inner rim 1932 that at least partially define the cavity 1910 .
  • the outer wall 1930 and the inner rim 1932 are shaped substantially as concentric hollow cylinders.
  • the cavity 1910 can be at a distal end of the sheath 1922 , and in some embodiments, is substantially within the sheath 1922 .
  • the cavity 1910 can be adapted to receive at least a portion of the bag 1760 , such as a proximal end 1767 thereof.
  • FIG. 48 illustrates an embodiment of the bag 1760 configured to couple with the sheath 1922 .
  • the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 can be sized and shaped to be received within the cavity 1910 .
  • an inner dimension (e.g., inner diameter) of the proximal end 1767 is slightly larger than an outer dimension (e.g., outer diameter) of the inner rim 1932 , and the proximal end 1767 can be urged into the cavity 1910 without radially stretching the bag 1760 .
  • the inner dimension of the proximal end 1767 is about the same or slightly less than the outer dimension of the inner rim 1932 and the proximal end 1767 is stretched radially outward in order to be placed over the inner rim 1932 .
  • An outer dimension of the proximal end 1767 can be slightly smaller than an inner dimension of the outer wall 1930 of the sheath 1922 .
  • the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 defines a substantially uniform thickness.
  • the bag 1760 is manufactured via dip molding that produces a lip 1766 (see FIG. 42 ) at the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 . Because the thickness of the lip 1766 can be difficult to control in some dip molding processes, the lip 1766 can be removed such that the thickness of the proximal end 1767 is more predictable or more controllable, which can facilitate insertion of the proximal end 1767 into the cavity 1910 .
  • the bag 1760 can include the lip 1766 .
  • the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 can be adhered to the sheath 1922 to form a substantially fluid-tight seal therewith.
  • a quantity of adhesive such as glue
  • the adhesive can comprise a low viscosity fluid capable of flowing about the perimeter of the inner rim 1932 , and can be capable of wicking in a distal direction along the outer surface of the inner rim 1932 and the inner surface of the outer wall 1930 .
  • a sufficient amount of adhesive can be applied to substantially cover a base portion of the cavity 1910 .
  • Any suitable adhesive may be used, including cyanoacrylate.
  • the adhesive is configured to create a very rapid or virtually instantaneous bond between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1922 such that the bag 1760 cannot be repositioned once it has been adhered to the sheath 1922 .
  • the sheath 1922 comprises polycarbonate plastic
  • the adhesive comprises cyanoacrylate
  • the bag 1760 can be adhered to the sheath 1922 upon contacting the adhesive.
  • the cavity 1910 is sufficiently deep and/or the amount of adhesive used is sufficiently small that insertion of the bag 1760 into the cavity 1910 does not force any adhesive from the cavity 1910 . Accordingly, a distal portion 1761 of the bag 1760 can be inserted into the sheath 1922 without being adhered to the sheath 1922 , which can allow for ready deployment of the bag 1760 .
  • the bag 1760 can be attached to the sheath 1922 without a bag retainer 1770 (see FIG. 40 ), which can reduce the material costs of and/or the number of manufacturing steps for producing an adaptor 1700 .
  • a bag retainer 1770 can be used with the sheath 1922 .
  • the bag retainer 1770 can be sized and shaped to fit within the cavity 1910 in close engagement with the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 .
  • the bag retainer 1770 can be positioned within the bag 1760 and can provide an outwardly projecting force to create and/or maintain a substantially fluid-tight seal between the bag 1760 and the inner surface of the outer wall 1930 .
  • the sheath 1922 comprises a proximal section 1940 and a distal section 1942 , as indicated by a dashed line in the illustrated example.
  • the distal section 1942 can be manufactured separately from the proximal section 1940 and can be attached to a bag 1760 to form a sub-assembly.
  • the sub-assembly may be independently tested to determine whether a substantially fluid-tight seal has been formed between the bag 1760 and the distal section 1942 .
  • An acceptable sub-assembly then can be attached to the proximal section 1940 of the sheath 1922 in any suitable manner, such as by ultrasonic welding.
  • Providing a two-part sheath 1922 in this manner can reduce the material costs of producing an adaptor 1700 by permitting disposal of only a small portion of the sheath 1922 , rather than disposal of a full housing member 1905 , should attachment of a bag 1760 to the sheath 1922 fail to create a desired seal.
  • FIG. 49 illustrates an embodiment of a housing member 2005 , such as the housing members 1705 , 1805 , 1905 , which can be compatible with the adaptor 1700 .
  • the housing member 2005 includes a cap connector 2030 and a sheath 2022 that defines an extractor aperture 2046 .
  • housing member 2005 is configured for use with relatively large vial 200 .
  • the sheath 2022 can be relatively long, as discussed further below, and the cap connector 2030 can define a relatively large inner dimension (e.g., inner diameter) to accommodate a relatively large cap 214 .
  • the bag 1760 it is desirable to space the bag 1760 sufficiently far from the underside of the cap 214 , or sufficiently far from the extractor aperture 2046 , to prevent fluid from becoming inaccessible to the extractor aperture 2046 as the bag 1760 expands.
  • the bag 1760 can expand to contact a sidewall of the vial 200 , and can form a substantially fluid-tight seal therewith. If the fluid-tight seal is created before a portion of liquid in the vial 200 has moved to a region proximal of the bag 1760 , this portion of liquid can effectively be trapped in a distal region of the vial 200 , thus becoming inaccessible to the extractor aperture 2046 .
  • the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 can be desirable to locate the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 sufficiently close to the underside of the cap 214 , or sufficiently close to the extractor aperture 2046 , that the sidewalls of the vial 200 do not significantly inhibit expansion of the bag 1760 .
  • the bag 1760 has expanded to contact the bottom and side walls of the vial 200 before all of the fluid in the vial 200 has been removed, it can be difficult for some embodiments of the bag 1760 to expand in a proximal direction as additional fluid is removed from the vial 200 .
  • the sheath 2022 is configured to position the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 at about the longitudinal center of a vial 200 with which the adaptor 1700 is to be used. In other embodiments, the sheath 2022 is configured to space the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 from the underside of the cap 214 of the vial 200 by no less than about 1 ⁇ 4, no less than about 1 ⁇ 3, or no less than about 1 ⁇ 2 the longitudinal distance between the underside of a cap 214 and a bottom wall of the vial 200 .
  • a distance between the extractor aperture 2046 and a distal end of the sheath 2022 is greater than a minimum outer dimension (e.g., minimum outer diameter) of the proximal end of the sheath 2022 by a factor of no less than about: 1 4, 8, or 10.

Abstract

In certain embodiments, a vial adaptor for removing liquid contents from a vial includes a piercing member and a bag. The bag can be contained within the piercing member such that the bag is introduced to the vial when the vial adaptor is coupled with the vial. In some embodiments, the bag expands within the vial as liquid is removed from the vial via the adaptor, thereby regulating pressure within the vial. In other embodiments, a vial includes a bag for regulating pressure within the vial as liquid is removed therefrom. In some embodiments, a vial adaptor is coupled with the vial in order to remove the liquid. In some embodiments, as the liquid is removed from the vial via the adaptor, the bag expands within the vial, and in other embodiments, the bag contracts within the vial.

Description

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/959,268, filed Dec. 2, 2010, titled VIAL ADAPTORS AND VIALS FOR REGULATING PRESSURE, which is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/044,886, filed Mar. 7, 2008, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,883,499 titled VIAL ADAPTORS AND VIALS FOR REGULATING PRESSURE, which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/905,946, filed Mar. 9, 2007, titled VIAL ADAPTORS AND VIALS FOR REGULATING PRESSURE, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/977,001, filed Oct. 2, 2007, titled VIAL ADAPTORS AND VIALS FOR REGULATING PRESSURE. The entire contents of each of the above-referenced applications are hereby incorporated by reference herein and made a part of this specification.
BACKGROUND
1. Field
Certain embodiments disclosed herein relate to novel adaptors for coupling with medicinal vials, and novel medicinal vials, to aid in the removal of contents from the vials and/or to aid in the injection of substances therein, while regulating pressure within such vials.
2. Description of Related Art
It is a common practice to store medicines or other medically related fluids in vials. In some instances, the medicines or fluids so stored are therapeutic if injected to the bloodstream, but harmful if inhaled or if contacted by exposed skin. Certain known systems for extracting potentially harmful medicines from vials suffer from various drawbacks.
SUMMARY
In certain embodiments, a vial adaptor for removing liquid contents from a vial comprises a piercing member and a bag. The bag can be contained within the piercing member such that the bag is introduced to the vial when the vial adaptor is coupled with the vial. In some embodiments, the bag expands within the vial as liquid is removed from the vial via the adaptor, thereby regulating pressure within the vial.
In other embodiments, a vial comprises a bag for regulating pressure within the vial as liquid is removed therefrom. In some embodiments, a vial adaptor is coupled with the vial in order to remove the liquid. In some embodiments, as the liquid is removed from the vial via the adaptor, the bag expands within the vial, and in other embodiments, the bag contracts within the vial.
In further embodiments, a pressure regulating device comprises a connector configured to couple the device with a vial. The device includes a piercing member having a sheath extending from a base of the piercing member. The piercing member is configured to be inserted into the vial when then device is coupled with the vial. An extractor aperture is formed in the sheath and positioned within a region covering at least about one-eighth of the distance from the base of the piercing member to an end of the sheath. A bag is adapted to be expanded or unfolded inside the vial. The bag is configured to move from a first orientation substantially unexpanded or folded to a second orientation at least partially expanded or unfolded and at least partially inside the vial. The bag is sized and positioned to at least partially fit within the vial when the bag is in the second orientation. The bag comprises a layer that is substantially impermeable to a medicinal fluid disposed within the vial, thereby impeding the passage of said medicinal fluid between an outer surface and an inner surface of the bag. The device regulates the pressure in the vial such that, as the medicinal fluid is withdrawn from the vial, the bag will expand or unfold in order to substantially equilibrate pressure on opposite sides of the bag.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Various embodiments are depicted in the accompanying drawings for illustrative purposes, and should in no way be interpreted as limiting the scope of the inventions. In addition, various features of different disclosed embodiments can be combined to form additional embodiments.
FIG. 1 is a schematic illustration of a system for removing fluid from and/or injecting fluid into a vial.
FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration of another system for removing fluid from and/or injecting fluid into a vial.
FIG. 3 is an illustration of another system for removing fluid from and/or injecting fluid into a vial.
FIG. 4 is a perspective view of a vial adaptor and a vial.
FIG. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 4 coupled with a vial in an initial stage.
FIG. 6A is a cross-sectional view depicting a distal portion of a piercing member of a vial adaptor.
FIG. 6B is a cross-sectional view depicting a distal portion of a piercing member of a vial adaptor.
FIG. 7 is a partial cross-sectional view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 4 coupled with a vial in a subsequent stage.
FIG. 8 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
FIG. 9 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
FIG. 10 is a cutaway perspective view of a vial adaptor.
FIG. 11 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
FIG. 12A is a cutaway perspective view of a vial adaptor.
FIG. 12B is a partial cutaway perspective view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 12A coupled with a vial.
FIG. 12C is a cutaway perspective view of a vial adaptor.
FIG. 12D is a partial cutaway perspective view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 12C coupled with a vial.
FIG. 13 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
FIG. 14 is a bottom plan view of a sleeve comprising multiple sleeve members.
FIG. 15A is a cross-sectional view of a nozzle coupled with a bag.
FIG. 15B is a partial cross-sectional view of a nozzle coupled with a bag.
FIG. 16 is a top plan view of a folded bag.
FIG. 17 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
FIG. 18 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor.
FIG. 20A is a partial front plan view of a tab locking mechanism for a vial adaptor.
FIG. 20B is a partial front plan view of a tab locking mechanism for a vial adaptor.
FIG. 21 is an exploded perspective view of a vial adaptor.
FIG. 22 is a perspective view of a housing member of the vial adaptor of FIG. 21.
FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 21 after assembly.
FIG. 24 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
FIG. 25 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
FIG. 26 is a top plan view of a cap of a vial.
FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
FIG. 28 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial.
FIG. 29 is a partial cross-sectional view of a vial adaptor coupled with a vial.
FIG. 30 is an exploded perspective view of a vial adaptor.
FIG. 31 is a side plan view of a housing member of the vial adaptor of FIG. 30.
FIG. 32 is a partial cross-sectional view of the housing member of FIG. 31.
FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view of the housing member of FIG. 31.
FIG. 34 is another cross-sectional view of the housing member of FIG. 31.
FIG. 35 is a perspective view of a plug of the vial adaptor of FIG. 30.
FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view of the plug of FIG. 35.
FIG. 37 is a bottom plan view of a cap connector of the vial adaptor of FIG. 30.
FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view of the cap connector of FIG. 37.
FIG. 39 is a top plan view of the cap connector of FIG. 37.
FIG. 40 is an exploded perspective view of an embodiment of a vial adaptor.
FIG. 41A is a top plan view of an embodiment of a housing member compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40.
FIG. 41B is an elevation view of the housing member of FIG. 41A.
FIG. 42 is an elevation view of an embodiment of a bag compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40.
FIG. 43A is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a bag retainer compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40.
FIG. 43B is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a bag retainer compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40.
FIG. 44A is an elevation view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40 in an assembled state.
FIG. 44B is a partial cross-sectional view of the vial adaptor of FIG. 44A.
FIG. 45 is a perspective view of another embodiment of a housing member compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40.
FIG. 46 is a perspective view of another embodiment of a housing member compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40.
FIG. 47 is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a housing member compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40.
FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a bag compatible with certain embodiments of the housing member of FIG. 47.
FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a housing member compatible with certain embodiments of the vial adaptor of FIG. 40.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
Numerous medicines and other therapeutic fluids are stored and distributed in medicinal vials of various shapes and sizes. Often, these vials are hermetically sealed to prevent contamination or leaking of the stored fluid. The pressure differences between the interior of the sealed vials and the particular atmospheric pressure in which the fluid is later removed often give rise to various problems.
For instance, introducing the piercing member of a vial adaptor through the septum of a vial can cause the pressure within the vial to rise sharply. This pressure increase can cause fluid to leak from the vial at the interface of the septum and piercing member or at the attachment interface of the adaptor and a medical device, such as a syringe. Also, it can be difficult to withdraw an accurate amount of fluid from a sealed vial using an empty syringe, or other medical instrument, because the fluid may be naturally urged back into the vial once the syringe plunger is released. Furthermore, as the syringe is decoupled from the vial, pressure differences can often cause a small amount of fluid to spurt from either the syringe or the vial. Additionally, in many instances, air bubbles are drawn into the syringe as fluid is withdrawn from the vial. To rid a syringe of bubbles after removal from the vial, medical professionals often flick the syringe, gathering all bubbles near the opening of the syringe, and then force the bubbles out. In so doing, a small amount of liquid usually is expelled from the syringe as well. Medical personnel generally do not take the extra step to re-couple the syringe with the vial before expelling the bubbles and fluid. In some instances, this may even be prohibited by laws and regulations. Such laws and regulations may also necessitate expelling overdrawn fluid at some location outside of the vial in certain cases. Moreover, even if extra air or fluid were attempted to be reinserted in the vial, pressure differences can sometimes lead to inaccurate measurements of withdrawn fluid.
To address these problems caused by pressure differentials, medical professionals frequently pre-fill an empty syringe with a precise volume of ambient air corresponding to the volume of fluid that they intend to withdraw from the vial. The medical professionals then pierce the vial and expel this ambient air into the vial, temporarily increasing the pressure within the vial. When the desired volume of fluid is later withdrawn, the pressure differential between the interior of the syringe and the interior of the vial is generally near equilibrium. Small adjustments of the fluid volume within the syringe can then be made to remove air bubbles without resulting in a demonstrable pressure differential between the vial and the syringe. However, a significant disadvantage to this approach is that ambient air, especially in a hospital setting, may contain various airborne viruses, bacteria, dust, spores, molds, and other unsanitary and harmful debris. The pre-filled ambient air in the syringe may contain one or more of these harmful substances, which may then mix with the medicine or other therapeutic fluid in the vial. If this contaminated fluid is injected directly into a patient's bloodstream, it can be particularly dangerous because it circumvents many of the body's natural defenses to airborne pathogens. Moreover, patients who need the medicine and other therapeutic fluids are more likely to be suffering from a diminished infection-fighting capacity.
In the context of oncology and certain other drugs, all of the foregoing problems can be especially serious. Such drugs, although helpful when injected into the bloodstream of a patient, can be extremely harmful if inhaled or touched. Accordingly, such drugs can be dangerous if allowed to spurt unpredictably from a vial due to pressure differences. Furthermore, these drugs are often volatile and may instantly aerosolize when exposed to ambient air. Accordingly, expelling a small amount of such drugs in order to clear a syringe of bubbles or excess fluid, even in a controlled manner, is generally not a viable option, especially for medical personnel who may repeat such activities numerous times each day. Consequently, there is a need for a vial adaptor that reduces the above-noted problems.
Certain devices exist that allow air to be drawn into a vial as fluid is removed therefrom. These devices generally use filters. Although filters remove a large number of contaminants from air as it enters the vial, the filters are not perfect. In some instances the filters are hydrophobic membranes comprising Gortex® or Teflon®. Multiple problems arise from such assemblies. For example, the hydrophobic nature of the filters prevents a user from returning overdrawn fluid to the vial. For example, in some instances, air is allowed into the vial through a channel as the user withdraws fluid from the vial. However, if the user forces fluid back into the vial, fluid is also forced through the channel until it contacts the filter. Because the filter is a barrier to fluid, the pressure within the vial will increase as the medical professional continues to force fluid into the vial. As stated above, such pressure increases are prohibited by law in some instances, and in any event, can make it difficult for the user to obtain an accurate dosage. In addition, pressure differences can easily damage the thin and delicate membranes, causing the filters to occasionally leak and permit harmful liquids to escape.
Furthermore, the use of Gortex® or Teflon® membranes in filters generally requires ethylene oxide (EtO) sterilization, which is expensive and inconvenient for medical device manufacturers. Preferred alternative methods of sterilization, such as gamma sterilization and electron beam sterilization, generally ruin such filters. In some instances, the latter forms of sterilization degrade the Teflon® membranes, making the filters prone to leakage.
In addition, some existing devices are difficult or complicated to couple with a vial and can require multiple specialized apparatuses to effectuate such coupling. Complicated procedures can become overly burdensome to medical personnel who repeat the procedures numerous times each day. Furthermore, certain of such complicated devices are bulky and unbalanced. Coupling such a device with a vial generally creates a top-heavy, metastable system that is prone to being tipped over and possibly spilled.
Disclosed herein are numerous embodiments of vial adaptors that reduce or eliminate many of the above-noted problems.
FIG. 1 is a schematic illustration of a container 10, such as a medicinal vial, that can be coupled with an extractor 20 and a regulator 30. In certain arrangements, the regulator 30 allows the removal of some or all of the contents of the container 10 via the extractor 20 without a significant change of pressure within the container 10.
In general, the container 10 is hermetically sealed to preserve the contents of the container 10 in a sterile environment. The container 10 can be evacuated or pressurized upon sealing. In some instances, the container 10 is partially or completely filled with a liquid, such as a drug or other medical fluid. In such instances, one or more gases can also be sealed in the container 10. Although embodiments and examples are provided herein in the medical field, the inventions are not confined to the medical field only and certain embodiments can be used in many other fields.
The extractor 20 generally provides access to contents of the container 10 such that the contents may be removed or added to. In certain arrangements, the extractor 20 comprises an opening between the interior and exterior of the container 10. The extractor 20 can further comprise a passageway between the interior and exterior of the container 10. In some configurations, the passageway of the extractor 20 can be selectively opened and closed. In some arrangements, the extractor 20 comprises a conduit extending through a surface of the container 10. The extractor 20 can be integrally formed with the container 10 prior to the sealing thereof or introduced to the container 10 after the container 10 has been sealed.
In some configurations, the extractor 20 is in fluid communication with the container 10, as indicated by an arrow 21. In certain of these configurations, when the pressure inside the container 10 varies from that of the surrounding environment, the introduction of the extractor 20 to the container 10 causes a transfer through the extractor 20. For example, in some arrangements, the pressure of the environment that surrounds the container 10 exceeds the pressure within the container 10, which may cause ambient air from the environment to ingress through the extractor 20 upon insertion of the extractor 20 into the container 10. In other arrangements, the pressure inside the container 10 exceeds that of the surrounding environment, causing the contents of the container 10 to egress through the extractor 20.
In some configurations, the extractor 20 is coupled with an exchange device 40. In certain instances, the extractor 20 and the exchange device 40 are separable. In some instances, the extractor 20 and the exchange device 40 are integrally formed. The exchange device 40 is configured to accept fluids and/or gases from the container 10 via the extractor 20, to introduce fluids and/or gases to the container 10 via the extractor 20, or to do some combination of the two. In some arrangements, the exchange device 40 is in fluid communication with the extractor 20, as indicated by an arrow 24. In certain configurations, the exchange device 40 comprises a medical instrument, such as a syringe.
In some instances, the exchange device 40 is configured to remove some or all of the contents of the container 10 via the extractor 20. In certain arrangements, the exchange device 40 can remove the contents independent of pressure differences, or lack thereof, between the interior of the container 10 and the surrounding environment. For example, in instances where the pressure outside of the container 10 exceeds that within the container 10, an exchange device 40 comprising a syringe can remove the contents of the container 10 if sufficient force is exerted to extract the plunger from the syringe. The exchange device 40 can similarly introduce fluids and/or gases to the container 10 independent of pressure differences between the interior of the container 10 and the surrounding environment.
In certain configurations, the regulator 30 is coupled with the container 10. The regulator 30 generally regulates the pressure within the container 10. As used herein, the term regulate, or any derivative thereof, is a broad term used in its ordinary sense and includes, unless otherwise noted, any active, affirmative, or positive activity, or any passive, reactive, respondent, accommodating, or compensating activity that tends to effect a change. In some instances, the regulator 30 substantially maintains a pressure difference, or equilibrium, between the interior of the container 10 and the surrounding environment. As used herein, the term maintain, or any derivative thereof, is a broad term used in its ordinary sense and includes the tendency to preserve an original condition for some period, whether or not that condition is ultimately altered. In some instances, the regulator 30 maintains a substantially constant pressure within the container 10. In certain instances, the pressure within the container 10 varies by no more than about 1 psi, no more than about 2 psi, no more than about 3 psi, no more than about 4 psi, or no more than about 5 psi. In still further instances, the regulator 30 equalizes pressures exerted on the contents of the container 10. As used herein, the term equalize, or any derivative thereof, is a broad term used in its ordinary sense and includes the movement toward equilibrium, whether or not equilibrium is achieved. In other configurations, the regulator 30 is coupled with the container 10 to allow or encourage equalization of a pressure difference between the interior of the container 10 and some other environment, such as the environment surrounding the container 10 or an environment within the exchange device 40. In some arrangements, a single device comprises the regulator 30 and the extractor 20, while in other arrangements, the regulator 30 and the extractor 20 are separate units.
The regulator 30 is generally in communication with the container 10, as indicated by an arrow 31, and a reservoir 50, as indicated by another arrow 35. In some configurations, the reservoir 50 comprises at least a portion of the environment surrounding the container 10. In other configurations, the reservoir 50 comprises a container, canister, bag, or other holder dedicated to the regulator 30. As used herein, the term bag is a broad term used in its ordinary sense and includes, without limitation, any sack, balloon, bladder, receptacle, reservoir, enclosure, diaphragm, or membrane capable of expanding and/or contracting, including structures comprising a flexible, supple, pliable, resilient, elastic, and/or expandable material. In some embodiments, the reservoir 50 comprises a gas and/or a liquid.
In certain embodiments, the regulator 30 provides fluid communication between the container 10 and the reservoir 50. In certain of such embodiments, it is preferred that the reservoir 50 comprise mainly gas so as not to dilute any liquid contents of the container 10. In some arrangements, the regulator 30 comprises a filter to purify gas or liquid entering the container 10, thereby reducing the risk of contaminating the contents of the container 10. In certain arrangements, the filter is hydrophobic such that air can enter the container 10 but fluid cannot escape therefrom.
In other embodiments, the regulator 30 prevents fluid communication between the container 10 and the reservoir 50. In certain of such embodiments, the regulator 30 serves as an interface between the container 10 and the reservoir 50. In some arrangements, the regulator 30 comprises a substantially impervious bag for accommodating ingress of gas and/or liquid to the container 10 or egress of gas and/or liquid from the container 10.
As schematically illustrated in FIG. 2, in certain embodiments, the extractor 20, or some portion thereof, is located within the container 10. As detailed above, the extractor 20 can be integrally formed with the container 10 or separate therefrom. In some embodiments, the regulator 30, or some portion thereof, is located within the container 10. In such embodiments, the regulator 30 can be placed in the container 10 prior to the sealing thereof or it can be introduced to the container 10 thereafter. In some arrangements, the regulator 30 is integrally formed with the container 10. It is possible to have any combination of the extractor 20, or some portion thereof, entirely within, partially within, or outside of the container 10 and/or the regulator 30, or some portion thereof, entirely within, partially within, or outside of the container 10.
In certain embodiments, the extractor 20 is in fluid communication with the container 10. In further embodiments, the extractor 20 is in fluid communication with the exchange device 40, as indicated by the arrow 24.
The regulator 30 can be in fluid or non-fluid communication with the container 10. In some embodiments, the regulator 30 is located entirely within the container 10. In certain of such embodiments, the regulator 30 comprises a closed bag configured to expand or contract within the container 10 to maintain a substantially constant pressure within the container 10. In other embodiments, the regulator 30 is in communication, either fluid or non-fluid, with the reservoir 50, as indicated by the arrow 35.
FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment of a system 100 comprising a vial 110, an extractor 120, and a regulator 130. The vial 110 comprises a body 112 and a cap 114. In the illustrated embodiment, the vial 110 contains a medical fluid 116 and a relatively small amount of sterilized air 118. In certain arrangements, the fluid 116 is removed from the vial 110 when the vial 110 is oriented with the cap 114 facing downward (i.e., the cap 114 is between the fluid and the ground). The extractor 120 comprises a conduit 122 fluidly connected at one end to an exchange device 140, which comprises a standard syringe 142 with a plunger 144. The conduit 122 extends through the cap 114 and into the fluid 116. The regulator 130 comprises a bag 132 and a conduit 134. The bag 132 and the conduit 134 are in fluid communication with a reservoir 150, which comprises the ambient air surrounding both the system 100 and the exchange device 140. The bag 132 comprises a substantially impervious material such that the fluid 116 and the air 118 inside the vial 110 do not contact the ambient air located at the interior of the bag 132.
In the illustrated embodiment, areas outside of the vial 110 are at atmospheric pressure. Accordingly, the pressure on the syringe plunger 144 is equal to the pressure on the interior of the bag 132, and the system 100 is in equilibrium. The plunger 144 can be withdrawn to fill the syringe 142 with the fluid 116. Withdrawing the plunger 144 increases the effective volume of the vial 110, thereby decreasing the pressure within the vial 110. A decrease of pressure within the vial 110 increases the difference in pressure between the interior and exterior of the bag 132, which causes the bag 132 to expand and force fluid into the syringe 142. In effect, the bag 132 expands within the vial 110 to a new volume that compensates for the volume of the fluid 116 withdrawn from the vial 110. Thus, once the plunger 144 ceases from being withdrawn from the vial 110, the system is again in equilibrium. Advantageously, the system 100 operates near equilibrium, facilitating withdrawal of the fluid 116. Furthermore, due to the equilibrium of the system 100, the plunger 144 remains at the position to which it is withdrawn, thereby allowing removal of an accurate amount of the fluid 116 from the vial 110.
In certain arrangements, the increased volume of the bag 132 is approximately equal to the volume of liquid removed from the vial 110. In some arrangements, the volume of the bag 132 increases at a slower rate as greater amounts of fluid are withdrawn from the vial 110 such that the volume of fluid withdrawn from the vial 110 is greater than the increased volume of the bag 132.
In some arrangements, the bag 132 can stretch to expand beyond a resting volume. In some instances, the stretching gives rise to a restorative force that effectively creates a difference in pressure between the inside of the bag 132 and the inside of the vial 110. For example, a slight vacuum inside the vial 110 can be created when the bag 132 is stretched.
In certain instances, more of the fluid 116 than desired initially might be withdrawn inadvertently. In other instances, some of the air 118 in the vial 110 initially might be withdrawn, creating unwanted bubbles within the syringe 142. It may thus be desirable to inject some of the withdrawn fluid 116 and/or air 118 back into the vial 110, which can be accomplished by depressing the plunger 144. Depressing the plunger 144 increases the pressure inside the vial 110 and causes the bag 132 to contract. When the manual force applied to the plunger 144 ceases, the plunger is again exposed to atmospheric pressure alone, as is the interior of the bag 132. Accordingly, the system 100 is again at equilibrium. Because the system 100 operates near equilibrium as the fluid 116 and/or the air 118 are injected into the vial 110, the pressure within the vial 110 does not significantly increase as the fluid 116 and/or air 118 is returned to the vial 110.
FIG. 4 illustrates an embodiment of a vial adaptor 200 for coupling with a vial 210. The vial 210 can comprise any suitable container for storing medical fluids. In some instances, the vial 210 comprises any of a number of standard medical vials known in the art, such as those produced by Abbott Laboratories of Abbott Park, Ill. Preferably, the vial 210 is capable of being hermetically sealed. In some configurations, the vial 210 comprises a body 212 and a cap 214. The body 212 preferably comprises a rigid, substantially impervious material, such as plastic or glass. In some embodiments, the cap 214 comprises a septum 216 and a casing 218. The septum 216 can comprise an elastomeric material capable of deforming in such a way when punctured by an item that it forms a substantially airtight seal around that item. For example, in some instances, the septum 216 comprises silicone rubber or butyl rubber. The casing 218 can comprise any suitable material for sealing the vial 210. In some instances, the casing 218 comprises metal that is crimped around the septum 216 and a proximal portion of the body 212 in order to form a substantially airtight seal between the septum 216 and the vial 210. In certain embodiments, the cap 214 defines ridge 219 that extends outwardly from the top of the body 212.
In certain embodiments, the adaptor 200 comprises a piercing member 220. In some configurations, the piercing member 220 comprises a sheath 222. The sheath 222 can be substantially cylindrical, as shown, or it can assume other geometric configurations. In some instances, the sheath 222 tapers toward a distal end 223. In some arrangements, the distal end 223 defines a point that can be centered with respect to an axis of the piercing member 220 or offset therefrom. In certain embodiments, the distal end 223 is angled from one side of the sheath 222 to the opposite side. The sheath 222 can comprise a rigid material, such as metal or plastic, suitable for insertion through the septum 216. In certain embodiments the sheath 222 comprises polycarbonate plastic.
In some configurations, the piercing member 220 comprises a tip 224. The tip 224 can have a variety of shapes and configurations. In some instances, the tip 224 is configured to facilitate insertion of the sheath 222 through the septum 216. As illustrated, the tip 224, or a portion thereof, can be substantially conical, coming to a point at or near the axial center of the piercing member 220. In some configurations, the tip 224 angles from one side of the piercing member 220 to the other. In some instances, the tip 224 is separable from the sheath 222. In other instances, the tip 224 and the sheath 222 are permanently joined, and can be integrally formed. In various embodiments, the tip 224 comprises acrylic plastic, ABS plastic, or polycarbonate plastic.
In some embodiments, the adaptor 200 comprises a cap connector 230. As illustrated, the cap connector 230 can substantially conform to the shape of the cap 214. In certain configurations, the cap connector 230 comprises a rigid material, such as plastic or metal, that substantially maintains its shape after minor deformations. In some embodiments, the cap connector 230 comprises polycarbonate plastic. In some arrangements, the cap connector 230 comprises a sleeve 235 configured to snap over the ridge 219 and tightly engage the cap 214. As more fully described below, in some instances, the cap connector 230 comprises a material around an interior surface of the sleeve 235 for forming a substantially airtight seal with the cap 214. In some embodiments, the cap connector 230 comprises an elastic material that is stretched over the ridge 219 to form a seal around the cap 214. In some embodiments, the cap connector 230 resembles the structures shown in FIGS. 6 and 7 of and described in the specification of U.S. Pat. No. 5,685,866, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein and are made a part of this specification.
In certain embodiments, the adaptor 200 comprises a medical connector interface 240 for coupling the adaptor 200 with a medical connector 241, another medical device (not shown), or any other instrument used in extracting fluid from or injecting fluid into the vial 210. In certain embodiments, the medical connector interface 240 comprises a sidewall 248 that defines a proximal portion of an extractor channel 245 through which fluid may flow. In some instances, the extractor channel 245 extends through the cap connector 230 and through a portion of the piercing member 220 such that the medical connector interface 240 is in fluid communication with the piercing member 220. The sidewall 248 can assume any suitable configuration for coupling with the medical connector 241, a medical device, or another instrument. In the illustrated embodiment, the sidewall 248 is substantially cylindrical and extends generally proximally from the cap connector 230.
In certain configurations, the medical connector interface 240 comprises a flange 247 to aid in coupling the adaptor 200 with the medical connector 241, a medical device, or another instrument. The flange 247 can be configured to accept any suitable medical connector 241, including connectors capable of sealing upon removal of a medical device therefrom. In some instances, the flange 247 is sized and configured to accept the Clave® connector, available from ICU Medical, Inc. of San Clemente, Calif. Certain features of the Clave® connector are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,685,866. Connectors of many other varieties, including other needle-less connectors, can also be used. The connector 241 can be permanently or separably attached to the medical connector interface 240. In other arrangements, the flange 247 is threaded, configured to accept a Luer connector, or otherwise shaped to attach directly to a medical device, such as a syringe, or to other instruments.
In certain embodiments, the medical connector interface 240 is advantageously centered on an axial center of the adaptor 200. Such a configuration provides stability to a system comprising the adaptor 200 coupled with the vial 210, thereby making the coupled system less likely to tip over. Accordingly, the adaptor 200 is less likely to cause dangerous leaks or spills occasioned by accidental bumping or tipping of the adaptor 200 or the vial 210.
In some embodiments, the piercing member 220, the cap connector 230, and the medical connector interface 240 are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material, such as polycarbonate plastic. In other embodiments, one or more of the piercing member 220, the cap connector 230, and the medical connector interface 240 comprise a separate piece. The separate pieces can be joined in any suitable manner, such as by glue, epoxy, ultrasonic welding, etc. Preferably, connections between joined pieces create substantially airtight bonds between the pieces. In further arrangements, any of the piercing member 220, the cap connector 230, or the medical connector interface 240 can comprise more than one piece.
In certain embodiments, the adaptor 200 comprises a regulator aperture 250. In many embodiments, the regulator aperture 250 is located at a position on the adaptor 200 that remains exposed to the exterior of the vial 210 when the piercing member 220 is inserted in the vial 210. In the illustrated embodiment, the regulator aperture 250 is located at a junction of the cap connector 230 and the medical connector interface 240. In certain embodiments, the regulator aperture 250 allows fluid communication between the environment surrounding the vial 210 and a regulator channel 225 (see FIG. 5) which extends through the cap connector 230 and through the piercing member 220.
FIG. 5 illustrates a cross-section of the vial adaptor 200 coupled with the vial 210. In the illustrated embodiment, the cap connector 230 firmly secures the adaptor 200 to the cap 214 and the piercing member 220 extends through the septum 216 into the interior of the vial 210. In some embodiments, the piercing member 220 is oriented substantially perpendicularly with respect to the cap 214 when the adaptor 200 and the vial 210 are coupled. Other configurations are also possible. As shown, in some embodiments, the piercing member 220 houses a bag 260.
In certain embodiments, the cap connector 230 comprises one or more projections 237 that aid in securing the adaptor 200 to the vial 210. The one or more projections 237 extend toward an axial center of the cap connector 230. In some configurations, the one or more projections 337 comprise a single circular flange extending around the interior of the cap connector 330. The cap connector 230 can be sized and configured such that an upper surface of the one or more projections 237 abuts a lower surface of the ridge 219, helping secure the adaptor 200 in place.
The one or more projections 237 can be rounded, chamfered, or otherwise shaped to facilitate the coupling of the adaptor 200 and the vial 210. For example, as the adaptor 200 having rounded projections 237 is introduced to the vial 210, a lower surface of the rounded projections 237 abuts a top surface of the cap 214. As the adaptor 200 is advanced onto the vial 210, the rounded surfaces cause the cap connector 230 to expand radially outward. As the adaptor 200 is advanced further onto the vial 210, a resilient force of the deformed cap connector 220 seats the one or more projections 237 under the ridge 219, securing the adaptor 200 in place.
In some embodiments, the cap connector 230 is sized and configured such that an inner surface 238 of the cap connector 230 contacts the cap 214. In some embodiments, a portion of the cap connector 230 contacts the cap 214 in substantially airtight engagement. In certain embodiments, a portion of the inner surface 238 surrounding either the septum 216 or the casing 218 is lined with a material, such as rubber or plastic, to ensure the formation of a substantially airtight seal between the adaptor 200 and the vial 210.
The piercing member 220 can comprise the tip 224 and the sheath 222, as noted above. In some embodiments, the tip 224 is configured to pierce the septum 216 to facilitate passage therethrough of the sheath 222. In some instances, the tip 224 comprises a proximal extension 224 a for securing the tip 224 to the sheath 222. As described below, in some arrangements, the bag 260 is folded within the sheath 222. Accordingly, a portion of the folded bag 260 can contact the proximal extension 224 a and hold it in place. In many arrangements, the proximal extension 224 a comprises a material capable of frictionally engaging the bag 260. In various embodiments, the proximal extension 224 a comprises polycarbonate plastic, silicone rubber, butyl rubber, or closed cell foam. In some arrangements, the proximal extension 224 a is coated with an adhesive to engage the bag 260. The proximal extension 224 a can be attached to the tip 224 by any suitable means, or it can be integrally formed therewith.
In some arrangements, the tip 224 can be adhered to, friction fit within, snapped into, or otherwise attached in a temporary fashion to the distal end 223 of the sheath 222, either instead of or in addition to any engagement between the proximal extension 224 a and the bag 260. As discussed below, in some arrangements, the tip 224 disengages from the sheath 222 and/or the bag 260 as fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210. In other arrangements, the tip 224 disengages from the sheath 222 and/or the bag 260 upon passing through the septum 216, such as when atmospheric pressure within the sheath 222 is sufficiently higher than the pressure within the vial 210. In other instances, a volume of air between the tip 224 and the bag 260 is pressurized to achieve the same result.
In some embodiments, the tip 224 comprises a shoulder 224 b. In some instances, the outer perimeter of the shoulder 224 b is shaped to conform to the interior perimeter of the sheath 222. Accordingly, the shoulder 224 b can center the tip 224 with respect to the sheath 222 and keep the tip 224 oriented properly for insertion through the septum 216. In some instances, the outer perimeter of the shoulder 224 b is slightly smaller than the interior perimeter of the sheath 222, allowing the tip 224 to easily disengage or slide from the sheath 222 as the bag 260 is deployed. In certain embodiments, the tip 224 comprises the shoulder 224 b, but does not comprise the proximal extension 224 a.
In certain arrangements, the proximal extension 224 a serves to maintain a proper orientation of the tip 224 with respect to the sheath 222 for insertion of the tip 224 through the septum 216. In some instances, the tip 224 rotates with respect to the sheath 222 as the tip 224 contacts the septum 216 such that the proximal extension 224 a is angled with respect to the axial center of the sheath 222. In some arrangements, the proximal extension 224 a is sufficiently long that an end thereof contacts the interior surface of the sheath 222. In many instances, the contact is indirect, where one or more layers of the bag 260 are located between the proximal extension 224 a and the sheath 222. This contact can prevent the tip 224 from rotating too far, such that a distal end 224 c thereof is not directed at an angle that is relatively perpendicular to the septum 216.
The sheath 222 is generally sized and dimensioned to be inserted through the septum 216 without breaking and, in some instances, with relative ease. Accordingly, in various embodiments, the sheath 222 has a cross-sectional area of between about 0.025 and about 0.075 square inches, between about 0.040 and about 0.060 square inches, or between about 0.045 and about 0.055 square inches. In other embodiments, the cross-sectional area is less than about 0.075 square inches, less than about 0.060 square inches, or less than about 0.055 square inches. In still other embodiments, the cross-sectional area is greater than about 0.025 square inches, greater than about 0.035 square inches, or greater than about 0.045 square inches. In some embodiments, the cross-sectional area is about 0.050 square inches.
The sheath 222 can assume any of a number of cross-sectional geometries, such as, for example, oval, ellipsoidal, square, rectangular, hexagonal, or diamond-shaped. The cross-sectional geometry of the sheath 222 can vary along a length thereof in size and/or shape. In some embodiments, the sheath 222 has substantially circular cross-sections along a substantial portion of a length thereof. A circular geometry provides the sheath 222 with substantially equal strength in all radial directions, thereby preventing bending or breaking that might otherwise occur upon insertion of the sheath 222. The symmetry of an opening created in the septum 216 by the circular sheath 222 prevents pinching that might occur with angled geometries, allowing the sheath 222 to more easily be inserted through the septum 216. Advantageously, the matching circular symmetries of the piercing member 220 and the opening in the septum 216 ensure a tight fit between the piercing member 220 and the septum 216, even if the adaptor 200 is inadvertently twisted. Accordingly, the risk of dangerous liquids or gases escaping the vial 210, or of impure air entering the vial 210 and contaminating the contents thereof, can be reduced in some instances with a circularly symmetric configuration.
In some embodiments, the sheath 222 is hollow. In the illustrated embodiment, the inner and outer surfaces of the sheath 222 substantially conform to each other such that the sheath 222 has a substantially uniform thickness. In various embodiments, the thickness is between about 0.015 inches and 0.040 inches, between about 0.020 inches and 0.030 inches, or between about 0.024 inches and about 0.026 inches. In other embodiments, the thickness is greater than about 0.015 inches, greater than about 0.020 inches, or greater than about 0.025 inches. In still other embodiments, the thickness is less than about 0.040 inches, less than about 0.035 inches, or less than about 0.030 inches. In some embodiments, the thickness is about 0.025 inches.
In other embodiments, the inner surface of the sheath 222 varies in configuration from that of the outer surface of the sheath 222. Accordingly, in some arrangements, the thickness varies along the length of the sheath 222. In various embodiments, the thickness at one end, such as a proximal end, of the sheath is between about 0.015 inches and about 0.050 inches, between about 0.020 inches and about 0.040 inches, or between about 0.025 inches and about 0.035 inches, and the thickness at another end, such as the distal end 223, is between about 0.015 inches and 0.040 inches, between about 0.020 inches and 0.030 inches, or between about 0.023 inches and about 0.027 inches. In other embodiments, the thickness at one end of the sheath 222 is greater than about 0.015 inches, greater than about 0.020 inches, or greater than about 0.025 inches, and the thickness at another end thereof is greater than about 0.015 inches, greater than about 0.020 inches, or greater than about 0.025 inches. In still other embodiments, the thickness at one end of the sheath 222 is less than about 0.050 inches, less than about 0.040 inches, or less than about 0.035 inches, and the thickness at another end thereof is less than about 0.045 inches, less than about 0.035 inches, or less than about 0.030 inches. In some embodiments, the thickness at a proximal end of the sheath 222 is about 0.030 inches and the thickness at the distal end 223 is about 0.025 inches. In some arrangements, the cross-section of the inner surface of the sheath 222 is shaped differently from that of the outer surface. The shape and thickness of the sheath 222 can be altered to optimize the strength of the sheath 222.
In some instances the length of the sheath 222, as measured from a distal surface of the cap connector 230 to the distal end 223 is between about 0.8 inches to about 1.4 inches, between about 0.9 inches and about 1.3 inches, or between about 1.0 inches and 1.2 inches. In other instances the length is greater than about 0.8 inches, greater than about 0.9 inches, or greater than about 1.0 inches. In still other instances, the length is less than about 1.4 inches, less than about 1.3 inches, or less than about 1.2 inches. In some embodiments, the length is about 1.1 inches.
In certain embodiments, the sheath 222 at least partially encloses one or more channels. In the illustrated embodiment, the sheath 222 defines the outer boundary of a distal portion of a regulator channel 225 and the outer boundary of a distal portion of the extractor channel 245. An inner wall 227 extending from an inner surface of the sheath 222 to a distal portion of the medical connector interface 240 defines an inner boundary between the regulator channel 225 and the extractor channel 245. The regulator channel 225 extends from a proximal end 262 of the bag 260, through the cap connector 230, between the cap connector 230 and the medical connector interface 240, and terminates at a regulator aperture 250. The extractor channel 245 extends from an extractor aperture 246 formed in the sheath 222, through the cap connector 230, and through the medical connector interface 240.
In certain embodiments, the sheath 222 contains the bag 260. The bag 260 is generally configured to unfold, expand, compress, and/or contract, and can comprise any of a wide variety of materials, including Mylar®, polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, saran, latex rubber, polyisoprene, silicone rubber, and polyurethane. In some embodiments, the bag 260 comprises a material capable of forming a substantially airtight seal with the sheath 222. In other embodiments, the bag 260 comprises a material that can be adhered to the sheath 222 in substantially airtight engagement. In many instances, the bag 260 comprises a material that is generally impervious to liquid and air. In certain embodiments, it is preferred that the bag 260 comprise a material that is inert with respect to the intended contents of the vial 210. In some embodiments, the bag 260 comprises latex-free silicone having a durometer between about 10 and about 40.
In some configurations, at least the proximal end 262 of the bag 260 is in substantially airtight engagement with the sheath 222. In some instances, such as that of the illustrated embodiment, a substantially airtight seal is achieved when the proximal end 262 is thicker than other portions of the bag 260 and fits more snugly within the sheath 222 than the remainder of the bag 260. In certain instances, the thicker proximal end 262 comprises a higher durometer material than the remainder of the bag 260. In some instances, the proximal end 262 comprises latex-free silicone having a durometer between about 40 and about 70. In other instances, the proximal end 262 is retained in the sheath 222 by a plastic sleeve (not shown) that presses the proximal end 262 against the sheath 222. In still further instances, the proximal end 262 is adhered to the sheath 222 by any suitable manner, such as by heat sealing or gluing. In some embodiments, a greater portion of the bag 260 than just the proximal end 262 is in substantially airtight contact with the sheath 222.
In certain embodiments, the proximal end 262 of the bag 260 defines a bag aperture 264. In some instances, the bag aperture 264 allows fluid communication between the interior of the bag 260 and the regulator channel 225. In certain arrangements, the bag aperture 264 extends along an axial center of the proximal end 262. Accordingly, in certain of such arrangements, a lower portion of the interior wall 227 is angled (as shown), offset, or positioned away from the center of the sheath 222 so as not to obstruct the bag aperture 264.
In certain arrangements, the entire bag 260 is located within the sheath 222 prior to insertion of the adaptor 200 into the vial 210. Accordingly, the bag 260 is generally protected by the sheath 222 from rips or tears when the adaptor 200 is inserted in the vial 210. In some instances, a lubricant is applied to an outer surface of the bag 260 to facilitate the insertion thereof into the sheath 222. As used herein, the term “lubricant” is a broad term used in its ordinary sense and includes, without limitation, any substance or material used to permit substantially unimpeded relative movement of surfaces in close proximity, including, without limitation: gels, liquids, powders, and/or coatings applied to one or more of the surfaces; materials, compounds, or substances embedded within one or more of the surfaces; and substances or materials placed between the surfaces. In some embodiments, the lubricant is a liquid, a gel, or a powder. In certain embodiments, the lubricant applied to the outer surface of the bag 260 is isopropyl alcohol, which desirably is sterile, readily evaporates, and provides sufficient lubrication to allow relatively simple insertion of the bag 260. Other lubricants having the same or different properties can also be employed.
In the illustrated embodiment, a portion of the bag 260 is internally folded or doubled back within the sheath 222. In certain embodiments, the bag 260 comprises a material that does not readily cling to itself, thereby allowing portions of the bag 260 in close proximity (e.g., adjacent to each other) to slide past each other and away from each other with relative ease, thus allowing the bag 260 to be deployed easily. In some embodiments, a lubricant is applied to the interior surface of the bag 260 to encourage a relatively unimpeded deployment of the bag 260. Any suitable variety of lubricant is possible. In some embodiments, the lubricant comprises a liquid or a gel. In some embodiments, the lubricant comprises fluorosilicone oil. In other embodiments, the lubricant comprises a powder, such as talcum powder. In some embodiments, powder lubricants are more effective than liquid or gel lubricants over extended storage periods. For example, certain liquids and gels can migrate from between two proximate surfaces of the bag 260, whereas certain powders can be less prone to migrate therefrom. Accordingly, in some embodiments, some powder lubricants can provide an adaptor 200 with a relatively longer shelf-life than some liquid or gel lubricants. In other embodiments, liquids (e.g., oils) are preferred.
In further embodiments, the lubricant comprises a coating that is adhered to, integrally formed with, or otherwise applied to the bag 260. The coating can comprise any suitable material that can permit relatively unimpeded movement between surfaces of the bag 260. For example, some embodiments can comprise a coating of friction-reducing material, such as Teflon®. In still further embodiments, the lubricant is embedded in the bag 260
In some embodiments, one or more portions of the bag 260 are folded multiple times within the sheath 222. In certain of such embodiments, a lubricant can be applied to portions of the interior and/or exterior surfaces of the bag 260 to allow relatively easy deployment of the bag 260.
FIGS. 6A and 6B schematically illustrate why it can be desirable to fold the bag 260 within the sheath 222 in some instances. FIG. 6A illustrates a distal portion of the sheath 222 of the adaptor 200. The sheath 222 houses a substantially impervious bag 260A comprising a proximal portion 266A and a tip 269A. The adaptor 200 is coupled with a partially evacuated vial 210 (not shown) such that the pressure outside the vial 210 (e.g., atmospheric pressure) is higher than the pressure inside the vial 210. Accordingly, one side of the bag 260A can be exposed to the higher pressure outside the vial 210 and the other side of the bag 260A can be exposed to the lower pressure inside the vial 210. As a result of the pressure difference, the proximal portion 266A of the bag 260A is forced toward the inner surface of the sheath 222, as schematically depicted by various arrows. The friction thus generated tends to prevent the proximal portion 266A from expanding toward the distal end of the sheath 222. Consequently, in the illustrated configuration, only the tip 269A is able to expand when fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210. Withdrawing a large amount of fluid could put excessive strain on the tip 269A, causing it to tear or burst. In some embodiments, the composition of the bag 260A and/or the interface between the bag 260A and the interior wall of the sheath 222 permit much further expansion of the bag 260A in the distal direction.
FIG. 6B similarly illustrates a distal portion of the sheath 222 housing a substantially impervious bag 260B. The bag 260B comprises an outer portion 266B, an inner portion 268B, and a tip 269B. As in FIG. 6A, the adaptor 200 is coupled with a partially evacuated vial 210 such that the pressure outside the vial 210 is higher than the pressure inside the vial 210. The resulting pressure difference forces the outer portion 266B toward the sheath 222, as schematically depicted by various outward-pointing arrows. However, the pressure difference forces the inner portion 268B toward the center of the sheath 222, as schematically depicted by various inward-pointing arrows. As a result, friction between the inner portion 268B and the outer portion 266B of the bag 260B is reduced or eliminated, thereby facilitating expansion of the inner portion 268B and of the tip 269B toward and through the distal end 223 of the sheath 222. Consequently, in the illustrated embodiment, a larger portion of the bag 260B than that of the bag 260A is able to expand within the vial 210.
FIG. 7 illustrates an embodiment of the adaptor 200 with the bag 260 deployed. As shown, in some embodiments, a distal portion 268 of the bag 260 extends beyond the sheath 222. In certain arrangements, a portion of the bag 260 that contacts the distal end 223 of the sheath 222 is thicker than surrounding portions in order to protect the bag 260 from ripping, puncturing, or tearing against the sheath 222.
In some embodiments, the bag 260 is sized and configured to substantially fill the vial 210. For example, in some arrangements, the bag 260 comprises a flexible, expandable material sized and configured to expand to fill a substantial portion of the volume within the vial 210. In some instances, the bag 260 is expandable to substantially fill a range of volumes such that a single adaptor 200 can be configured to operate with vials 210 of various sizes. In other arrangements, the bag 260 comprises a flexible, non-expandable material and is configured to unfold within the vial 210 to fill a portion thereof. In some embodiments, the bag 260 is configured to fill at least about 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90 percent of one vial 210. In other embodiments, the bag 260 is configured to fill a volume equal to at least about 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 percent of the volume of fluid contained within the vial 210 prior to the coupling of the adaptor 200 and the vial 210. In some embodiments, the bag 260 is configured to fill a volume equal to about 70 percent of the volume of fluid contained within the vial 210 prior to the coupling of the adaptor 200 and the vial 210. In other embodiments, the bag 260 is configured to fill at least about 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90 percent of a first vial 210 having a first volume, and at least about 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90 percent of a second vial 210 having a second volume larger than the first volume.
In some configurations, the distal portion 268 of the bag 260 is substantially bulbous, as shown. In some embodiments, the bulbous bag 260 comprises expandable material. In various arrangements, the distal portion 268 in an unexpanded state has an outer diameter of between about 0.10 inches and about 0.40 inches, between about 0.15 inches and about 0.35 inches, or between about 0.20 inches and about 0.30 inches. In some arrangements, the outer diameter is greater than about 0.10, greater than about 0.15 inches, or greater than about 0.20 inches. In other arrangements, the outer diameter is less than about 0.40 inches, less than about 0.35 inches, or less than about 0.30 inches. In some arrangements, the outer diameter is about 0.188 inches. In various arrangements, the distal portion 268 in an unexpanded state has a height of between about 0.50 inches and 1.00 inches, between about 0.60 inches and 0.90 inches, and between about 0.70 inches and 0.80 inches. In some arrangements, the height is greater than about 0.50 inches, greater than about 0.60 inches, or greater than about 0.70 inches. In other arrangements, the height is less than about 1.00 inches, less than about 0.90 inches, or less than about 0.80 inches. In some arrangements, the height is about 0.75 inches. In some embodiments, the distal portion is generally spherical. Various other embodiments of the distal portion 268 include, for example, generally conical, generally cylindrical, generally rectangular, and generally triangular.
In some configurations, the distal portion 268 of the bag 260 has a thickness between about 0.001 and 0.025 inches, between about 0.001 and 0.010 inches, or between about 0.010 and 0.025 inches. In other configurations, the thickness is greater than about 0.001 inches, greater than about 0.005 inches, greater than about 0.010 inches, greater than about 0.015 inches, or greater than about 0.020 inches. In still other configurations, the thickness is less than about 0.025 inches, less than about 0.020 inches, less than about 0.015 inches, less than about 0.010 inches, or less than about 0.005 inches. In some configurations, the thickness is about 0.015 inches.
As noted above, in some instances the body 212 of the vial 210 comprises a substantially rigid material, such as glass or plastic. Accordingly, configurations wherein the bag 260 is deployed within the vial 210 advantageously shield the bag 260 from accidental snags, rips, or tears. Furthermore, configurations wherein the bag 260 is located within the vial 210 can have a lower center of mass than other configurations, which helps to prevent accidental tipping and spilling of the vial 210.
With continued reference to FIG. 7, certain processes for using the adaptor 200 comprise inserting the piercing member 220 through the septum 216 until the cap connector 230 is firmly in place. Accordingly, the coupling of the adaptor 200 and the vial 210 can be accomplished in one simple step. In certain instances, the medical connector 241 is coupled with the medical connector interface 240. A medical device or other instrument (not shown), such as a syringe, can be coupled with the interface 240 or, if present, with the medical connector 241 (see FIG. 4). For convenience, reference will be made hereafter only to a syringe as an example of a medical device suitable for attachment to the medical connector interface 240, although numerous medical devices or other instruments can be used in connection with the adaptor 200 or the medical connector 241. In some instances, the syringe is placed in fluid communication with the vial 210. In some instances, the vial 210, the adaptor 200, the syringe, and, if present, the medical connector 241 are inverted such that the cap 214 is pointing downward (i.e., toward the ground). Any of the above procedures, or any combination thereof, can be performed in any possible order.
In some instances, a volume of fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210 via the syringe. As described above, the pressure within the vial 210 decreases as the fluid is withdrawn. Accordingly, in some instances, pressure within the regulator channel 225 forces the tip 224 away from the sheath 222. In other instances, pressure at the interior of the bag 260 causes the bag 260 to emerge from the sheath 222. In certain of such instances, as the bag 260 is deployed, it rolls outward and releases the proximal extension 224 a, thus discharging the tip 224. The bag 260 is thus free to expand within the vial 210. In certain arrangements, therefore, it is desirable for the tip 224 to be engaged with the sheath 222 and/or bag 260 with sufficient strength to ensure that the tip 224 remains in place until the sheath 222 is inserted into the vial 210, yet with insufficient strength to prevent the tip 224 from separating from the sheath 222 and/or the bag 260 within the vial 210.
In some embodiments, the distal end 224 c of the tip 224 is rounded such that it is sufficiently pointed to pierce the septum 216 when the adaptor 200 is coupled with the vial 210, but insufficiently pointed to pierce the bag 260 as the bag 260 is deployed or as it expands within the vial 210. In some arrangements, the proximal extension 224 a is rounded for the same purpose.
In some instances, it is desirable to prevent the bag 260 from bearing against the distal end 224 c of the tip 224 as the bag 260 expands within the vial 210. Accordingly, in certain arrangements, the proximal extension 224 a is configured such that the tip 224, once separated from the sheath 222, naturally settles with the distal end 224 c pointed away from the bag 260. For example, in some instances, the distal end 224 c settles against the septum 216 when the vial 210 is oriented with the cap 214 pointing downward (i.e., with the cap 214 located between a volumetric center of the vial 210 and the ground). In some arrangements, the proximal extension 224 a is relatively lightweight such that the center of mass of the tip 224 is located relatively near the distal end 224 c. Accordingly, in some instances, when the tip 224 contacts the septum 216, the tip 224 is generally able to pivot about an edge 224 d to reach a stable state with the distal end 224 c pointed downward. In some arrangements, the edge 224 d comprises the perimeter of the largest cross-section of the tip 224.
In certain embodiments, the proximal extension 224 a is configured to allow the tip 224 to pivot such that the distal end 224 c ultimately points downward, even when the proximal extension 224 a is pointed downward upon initial contact with some surface of the vial 210, such as the septum 216. In certain instances, the length and/or weight of the proximal extension 224 a are adjusted to achieve this result. In some instances, the length of the proximal extension 224 a is between about 30 percent and about 60 percent, between about 35 percent and about 55 percent, or between about 40 percent and about 50 percent of the full length of the tip 224. In certain embodiments, the length of the proximal extension 224 a is less than about 60 percent, less than about 55 percent, or less than about 50 percent of the full length of the tip 224. In other embodiments, the length is greater than about 60 percent of the full length of the tip 224. In still other embodiments, the length is less than about 30 percent of the full length of the tip 224. In some embodiments, the length is about 45 percent of the full length of the tip 224. Other arrangements are also possible to ensure that the distal end 224 c does not bear against the bag 260 as the bag expands within the vial 210.
In some arrangements, it is also desirable that the proximal extension 224 a not rigidly bear against the bag 260 as the bag 260 expands within the vial 210. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the proximal extension 224 a comprises a flexible or compliant material, such as silicone rubber, butyl rubber, or closed cell foam. In other embodiments, the proximal extension 224 a comprises a joint, such as a hinge or a ball-and-socket, that allows the proximal extension 224 a to bend when contacted by the bag 260.
In certain configurations, fluid withdrawn from the vial 210 flows through the extractor aperture 246 and through the extractor channel 245 to the syringe. Simultaneously, in such configurations, ambient air flows from the surrounding environment, through the regulator aperture 250, through the regulator channel 225, through the bag aperture 264, and into the bag 260 to expand the bag 260. In certain arrangements, the increased volume of the bag 260 is approximately equal to the volume of liquid removed from the vial 210. In other arrangements, the volume of the bag 260 increases at a slower rate as greater amounts of fluid are withdrawn from the vial 210 such that the volume of fluid withdrawn from the vial 210 is greater than the increased volume of the bag 260. As noted above, the bag 260 can be configured to fill a substantial portion of the vial 210. In some configurations, the tip 224 is sized and configured such that it will not settle against the extractor aperture 246 and prevent fluid passage therethrough.
In some instances, more fluid than is desired may inadvertently be withdrawn from the vial 210 by the syringe. Accordingly, the excess fluid may be injected from the syringe back into the vial 210. In some configurations, when the fluid is injected to the vial 210, the fluid flows from the syringe, through the extractor channel 245, and through the extractor aperture 246 into the vial 210. As the fluid is forced into the vial 210, the pressure within the vial 210 increases. Consequently, in some configurations, the bag 260 contracts to a smaller volume to compensate for the volume of the returned fluid. As the bag 260 contracts, ambient air flows from the bag 260, through the bag aperture 264, through the regulator channel 225, and through the regulator aperture 250 to the surrounding environment, in some arrangements.
Thus, in certain embodiments, the adaptor 200 accommodates the withdrawal of fluid from, or the addition of fluid to, the vial 210 in order to maintain the pressure within the vial 210. In various instances, the pressure within the vial 210 changes no more than about 1 psi, no more than about 2 psi, no more than about 3 psi, no more than about 4 psi, or no more than about 5 psi.
As is evident from the embodiments and processes described above, the adaptor 200 advantageously allows a user to return unwanted liquid (and/or air) to the vial 210 without significantly increasing the pressure within the vial 210. As detailed earlier, the ability to inject air bubbles and excess fluid into the vial 210 is particularly desirable in the context of oncology drugs.
Furthermore, the above discussion demonstrates that certain embodiments of the adaptor 200 are configured to regulate the pressure within the vial 210 without introducing outside air into the vial 210. For example, in some embodiments, the bag 260 comprises a substantially impervious material that serves as a barrier, rather than a passageway, between the exterior and interior of the vial 210. Accordingly, such embodiments of the adaptor 200 substantially reduce the risk of introducing airborne contaminants into the bloodstream of a patient, as compared with the systems that employ imperfect and fault-prone Gortex® or Teflon® air filters. Furthermore, elimination of such filters eliminates the need for EtO sterilization. Consequently, more efficient and convenient forms of sterilization, such as gamma sterilization and electron beam sterilization, can be used to sterilize certain embodiments of the adaptor 200. Manufacturers can thereby benefit from the resulting cost savings and productivity increases. In some embodiments, filters can be used at one or more points between the bag 260 and the regulator aperture 250.
Advantageously, in certain embodiments, the bag 260 comprises an elastic material. Accordingly, as the bag 260 expands within the vial 210, a restorative force arises within the bag 260 that tends to contract the bag 260. In some instances the restorative force is fairly small, and can be balanced by a force within a syringe that is coupled to the adaptor 200. For example, the restorative force can be balanced by friction between the plunger and the interior wall of the syringe. Consequently, in some instances, the restorative force does not affect the withdrawal of an accurate amount of fluid from the vial 210. However, when the syringe is decoupled from the adaptor 200, the restorative force of the expanded bag 260 is no longer balanced. As a result, the bag 260 tends to contract, which encourages fluid within the extractor channel 245 to return to the vial 210. Accordingly, the adaptor 200 can reduce the likelihood that fluid will spurt from the vial 210 when the syringe is decoupled therefrom, which is particularly beneficial when oncology drugs are being removed from the vial 210. When the adaptor 200 is used with the medical connector 241 (see FIG. 4), such as the Clave® connector, attached to the medical connector interface 240, the adaptor 200 can be substantially sealed in a rapid manner after removal of the syringe from the proximal end of the medical connector 240.
In certain embodiments, a syringe or some other medical device can be decoupled from the adaptor 200 after a portion of fluid has been removed from the vial 210 and then re-coupled with the adaptor 200, such as to return unwanted or excess liquid or air to the vial.
In some embodiments, multiple doses can be removed from the vial 210 via the adaptor 200. For example, in some embodiments a first syringe is coupled with the adaptor 200 and a first dose is removed from the vial 210. The first syringe is then decoupled from the adaptor. Similarly, a second syringe is then coupled with the adaptor 200 (or the first syringe is coupled with the adaptor 200 for a second time), a second dose is removed from the vial 210, and the second syringe (or the first syringe) is decoupled from the adaptor 200. In like manner, numerous doses can be removed from the same vial 210 via the adaptor 200.
In some embodiments, the vial 210 contains a powder, a concentrated liquid, or some other substance that is diluted prior to administration thereof to a patient. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, a diluent is infused into the vial 210 via the adaptor 200. In some embodiments, a syringe containing the diluent is coupled with the adaptor 200. The vial 210 can be placed upright on a hard surface and the plunger of the syringe can be depressed to urge the diluent through the adaptor 200 and into the vial 210. The plunger can be released and allowed to back out of the syringe until pressure within the vial 210 is equalized. In some embodiments, the syringe is decoupled from the adaptor 200, the same or a different syringe or some other medical device is coupled the adaptor 200, and the diluted contents of the vial 210 are removed.
In certain embodiments, decoupling and re-coupling of a syringe or other medical device, removal of multiple doses from the vial 210 via a single adaptor 200, and/or infusing a diluent into the vial 210 is facilitated when the adaptor 200 comprises a medical connector 240, such as the Clave® connector.
As noted above, in some instances the vial 210 is oriented with the cap 214 pointing downward when liquid is removed from the vial 210. In certain advantageous embodiments, the extractor aperture 246 is located adjacent a bottom surface of the cap 214, thereby allowing removal of most or substantially all of the liquid in the vial 210. In other arrangements, the adaptor 200 comprises more than one extractor aperture 246 to aid in the removal of substantially all of the liquid in the vial 210. In some embodiments, the distal end 223 of the piercing member 220 is spaced away from the extractor aperture 246. Such arrangements advantageously allow fluid to flow through the extractor aperture 246 unobstructed as the distal portion 268 of the bag 260 expands.
FIG. 8 illustrates another embodiment of an adaptor 300. The adaptor 300 resembles the adaptor 200 discussed above in many respects. Accordingly, numerals used to identify features of the adaptor 200 are incremented by a factor of 100 to identify like features of the adaptor 300. This numbering convention generally applies to the remainder of the figures.
In certain embodiments, the adaptor 300 comprises a medical connector interface 340, a cap connector 330, a piercing member 320, and a bag 360. The piercing member comprises a sheath 322 having a distal end 323. The piercing member 320 differs from the piercing member 220 in that it does not comprise a separate tip. Rather, the distal end 323 is configured to pierce the septum 216. In the illustrated embodiment, the distal end 323 is angled from one side of the sheath 322 to another. Other configurations and structures are also possible. In many embodiments, the distal end 323 provides a substantially unobstructed path through which the bag 360 can be deployed. The distal end 323 preferably comprises rounded or beveled edges to prevent the bag 360 from ripping or tearing thereon. In some instances, the distal end 323 is sufficiently sharp to pierce the septum 216 when the adaptor 300 is coupled with the vial 210, but insufficiently sharp to pierce or damage the bag 360 when the bag 360 is deployed or expanded within the vial 210.
FIG. 9 illustrates another embodiment of an adaptor 301 that is similar to the adaptor 300 in some respects, but differs in others such as those noted hereafter. The adaptor 301 comprises a piercing member 380 that substantially resembles the piercing member 320. In certain embodiments, however, the piercing member 380 is shorter than the piercing member 320, and thus does not extend as far into the vial 210. Accordingly, the piercing member 380 provides less of an obstruction to the bag 360 as it expands to fill (or partially fill) the vial 210. In further embodiments, the piercing member 380 comprises a bag 360 having multiple folds. The multiple folds allow the bag 360 to fit more compactly into the smaller volume of the piercing member 380 than is available in the piercing member 320.
In certain embodiments, the piercing member 380 comprises a flexible shield 385 extending around the periphery of a tip 386 of the piercing member 380. The shield can comprise, for example, plastic or rubber. The shield 385 can be adhered to an inner wall of the piercing member 380, or it can be tensioned in place. In certain embodiments, at least a portion of the shield 385 is inverted (as shown) when in a relaxed state. As the bag 360 is deployed, it forces a portion of the shield 385 outward from the tip 386. In some embodiments, the shield 385 is sized and dimensioned to extend to an outer surface of the tip 386 as the bag 360 expands. The shield 385 thus constitutes a barrier between the tip 386 and the bag 360 that protects the bag 360 from punctures, rips, or tears as the bag 360 expands.
In some arrangements, the adaptor 301 comprises a filter 390. In many embodiments, the filter 390 is associated with the regulator channel 325. The filter 390 can be located at the regulator aperture 350, within the regulator channel 325, or within the bag 360. For example, in some instances, the filter 390 extends across the regulator aperture 350, and in other instances, the filter 390 extends across the bag aperture 364. In some arrangements, the filter 390 is a hydrophobic filter which could prevent fluid from exiting the vial 210 in the unlikely event that the bag 360 ever ruptured during use. In such arrangements, air would be able to bypass the filter in proceeding into or out of the bag 360, but fluid passing through the ruptured bag 360 and through the regulator channel 325 would be stopped by the filter 390.
In the illustrated embodiment, the cap connector 330 of the adaptor 301 comprises a skirt 336 configured to encircle a portion of the vial 210. In some embodiments, the skirt 336 can extend around less than the entire circumference of the vial 210. For example, the skirt 336 can have a longitudinal slit. Advantageously, the skirt 336 can extend distally beyond the tip 386 of the piercing member 380. This configuration partially shields the tip 386 from users prior to insertion of the piercing member 380 into the vial 210, thereby helping to prevent accidental contact with the tip 386. The skirt 336 further provides a coupled adaptor 301 and vial 210 with a lower center of mass, thereby making the coupled items less likely to tip over.
FIG. 10 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 400 that resembles the adaptors 200, 300 described above in many ways, but comprises a piercing member 420 that differs from the piercing members 220, 320 in manners such as those now described. The piercing member 420 comprises a sheath 422, a tip 424, and a piercing member aperture 402. In certain embodiments, the tip 424 is substantially conical and comes to a point near an axial center of the piercing member 420. In some embodiments, the tip 424 is permanently attached to the sheath 422, and can be integrally formed therewith. The piercing member aperture 402 can be located proximal to the tip 424. The piercing member aperture 402 can assume a wide variety of shapes and sizes. In some configurations, it is desirable that a measurement of the piercing member aperture 402 in at least one direction (e.g., the longitudinal direction) have a measurement greater than the cross-sectional width of the piercing member 420 to facilitate the insertion of a bag 460 (shown in FIG. 11) through the aperture 402 during assembly of the adaptor 400. In some instances, the size and shape of the piercing member aperture 402 is optimized to allow a large portion of the bag 460 to pass therethrough when the bag 460 is deployed within the vial 210, while not compromising the structural integrity of the piercing member 420.
FIG. 11 illustrates the adaptor 400 coupled with the vial 210. In the illustrated embodiment, the bag 460 is partially deployed within the vial 210. In certain embodiments, the bag 460 is configured to expand within the vial 210 and to fill a substantial portion thereof. As with the bag 260, the bag 460 can comprise an expandable material or a non-expandable material. In certain embodiments, the bag 460 comprises portions that are thicker near the piercing member aperture 402 in order to prevent rips or tears. In some instances, the piercing member aperture 402 comprises rounded or beveled edges for the same purpose.
As illustrated, in certain embodiments, the piercing member aperture 402 is located on a side of the piercing member 420 opposite an extractor aperture 446. Such arrangements can allow fluid to pass through the extractor aperture 446 unobstructed as the bag 460 expands within the vial 210.
FIGS. 12A-12D illustrate two embodiments of an adaptor 500. The adaptor 500 resembles the adaptors 200, 300 described above in many ways, but comprises a piercing member 520 that differs in manners such as those now described. In certain embodiments, the piercing member 520 comprises two or more sleeve members 503 that house a bag 560 (shown in FIGS. 12B and 12D). In certain arrangements, the sleeve members 503 meet at a proximal base 504 of the piercing member 520. As described more fully below, in some configurations, the sleeve members 503 are integrally formed from a unitary piece of material. In other configurations, the sleeve members 503 comprise separate pieces that are coupled with the proximal base 504.
In certain embodiments, such as the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 12A and 12B, the sleeve members 503 are biased toward an open configuration. In some instances, the bias is provided by the method used to create the sleeve members 503. For example, in some instances, two sleeve members 503 and the proximal base 504 are integrally formed from a unitary piece of pliable, molded plastic that substantially assumes a Y-shape, with each sleeve member 503 comprising one branch of the “Y.” In other instances, the two sleeve members 503 comprise separate pieces that are coupled with the proximal base 504. In certain of such instances, the sleeve members 503 are pivotally mounted to or bendable with respect to the proximal base 504. The sleeve members 503 can be biased toward an open configuration by a spring or by any other suitable biasing device or method. While configurations employing two sleeve members 503 have been described for the sake of convenience, the piercing member 520 can comprise more than two sleeve members 503, and in various configurations, comprises three, four, five, six, seven, or eight sleeve members 503. In some instances, the number of sleeve members 503 of which the piercing member 520 is comprised increases with increasing size of the bag 560 and/or increasing size of the vial 210.
In some configurations, the bag 560 is inserted into the proximal base 504. As described above with respect to the bag 260, the bag 560 may be secured within the proximal base 504 by some form of adhesive, by a plastic sheath, via tension provided by a relatively thick proximal end of the bag 560, or by any other suitable method.
In many embodiments, after insertion of the bag 560 into the proximal base 504, the sleeve members 503 are brought together to form a tip 524. The tip 524 can assume any suitable shape for insertion through the septum 216 (not shown) of the vial 210. In some arrangements, a jacket 505 is provided around the sleeve members 503 to keep them in a closed configuration. The jacket 505 can be formed and then slid over the tip 524, or it may be wrapped around the sleeve members 503 and secured thereafter. The jacket 505 preferably comprises a material sufficiently strong to keep the sleeve members 503 in a closed configuration, yet capable of easily sliding along an exterior surface thereof when the piercing member 520 is inserted in the vial 210. In some instances, it is desirable that the material be capable of clinging to the septum 216. In various instances, the jacket 505 comprises heat shrink tubing, polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, saran, latex rubber, polyisoprene, silicone rubber, or polyurethane. The jacket 505 can be located anywhere along the length of the piercing member 520. In some embodiments, it can be advantageous to position the jacket 505 on the distal portion of the sleeve members 503 to maintain the sleeve members 503 close together to provide a sharp point for piercing the septum 216.
FIG. 12B illustrates an embodiment of the adaptor 500 having sleeve members biased toward an open position coupled with the vial 210. In certain embodiments, as the piercing member 520 is inserted into the vial 210, the jacket 505 catches on the septum 216 and remains on the exterior of the vial 210. As the piercing member 520 continues through the septum 216, the sleeve members 503 return to their naturally open state, thus deploying the bag 560 within the vial 210. As fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210, the bag 560 expands within the vial 210 in a manner such as that described above with respect to the bag 260.
In certain embodiments, such as the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 12C and 12D, the sleeve members 503 are biased toward a closed configuration. In some instances, the bias is provided by the method used to create the sleeve members 503. For example, the sleeve members 503 and the proximal base 504 can be integrally formed from a unitary piece of molded plastic. During the molding process, or sometime thereafter, one or more slits 506 are formed in the molded plastic, thereby separating the sleeve members 503. In other instances the sleeve members 503 comprise separate pieces that are attached to the proximal base 504. In certain of such instances, the sleeve members 503 are pivotally mounted to the proximal base. The sleeve members 503 can be biased toward a closed configuration by a spring or by any other suitable biasing device.
In some configurations, the sleeve members 503 are opened to allow the insertion of the bag 560 into the piercing member 520. The sleeve members 503 return to their naturally closed state after insertion of the bag 560. As described above, the bag 560 can be secured within the proximal base 504 by any of numerous methods.
FIG. 12D illustrates an embodiment of the adaptor 500 having sleeve members biased toward a closed position coupled with the vial 210. In certain embodiments, the piercing member 520 is inserted into the vial 210. As fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210, unbalanced pressure between the interior of the bag 560 and the interior of the vial 210 causes the bag 560 to expand within the vial 210, thereby forcing open the sleeve members 503. The bag 560 can continue to expand and further separate the sleeve members 503.
FIG. 13 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 600 comprising a plurality of sleeve members 603. The adaptor 600 resembles the adaptors 200, 300, 500 described above in many ways, but differs in manners such as those now described. In certain embodiments, the adaptor 600 comprises a medical connector interface 640, a cap connector 630, and a piercing member 620. In some embodiments, the piercing member 620 comprises a projection 626, a bag connector 682, a sleeve 622, and a bag 660. In some configurations, the interface 640, the cap connector 630, and the projection 626 are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material, such as polycarbonate plastic. In certain of such configurations, the bag connector 682 is also integrally formed therewith.
In certain embodiments, the bag connector 682 is attached to the projection 626, preferably in substantially airtight engagement. In some embodiments, the bag connector 682 comprises a chamber 683 configured to accept a distal extension 629 of the projection 626. In the illustrated embodiment, the bag connector 682 and chamber 683 define complimentary cylinders. A portion of the chamber 683, preferably a sidewall thereof, can be adhered to the distal extension 629 by glue, epoxy, or other suitable means. A variety of other configurations for joining the bag connector 682 and proximal portion 626 can be employed.
In some arrangements, the bag connector 682 is also attached to the sleeve 622. As illustrated in FIG. 14, in some arrangements, the sleeve 622 comprises a proximal base 604 from which a plurality of sleeve members 603 extend. In some instances, the proximal base 604 can define an opening 605. In various configurations, the sleeve 622 comprises two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight sleeve members 603. More sleeve members 603 are also possible. The sleeve members 603 can cooperate to form a cavity for housing the bag 660.
With reference again to FIG. 13, a portion of the bag connector 682 can be inserted through the opening 605 of the proximal base 604. The connector 682 and proximal base 604 can be adhered to each other in some instances, and can be secured to each other by a friction fit in others. Other methods of attachment are also possible. In many instances, the proximal base 604 remains fixed while the sleeve members 603 are allowed to move. The sleeve members 603 resemble the sleeve members 503 described above, and can thus be biased toward an open configuration or a closed configuration. Accordingly, in some arrangements, a jacket (not shown) is used to retain sleeve members 603 that are biased toward an open configuration in a closed configuration until the piercing member 620 is inserted through the septum 216. In some instances, the jacket is trapped between the septum 216 and an interior surface of the cap connector 630, thereby helping to form a substantially airtight seal between the adaptor 600 and the vial 210.
In the illustrated embodiment, the bag connector 682 defines a portion of a regulator channel 625, which also extends through the projection 626 of the piercing member 620, the cap connector 630, and a regulator aperture 650. An extractor channel 645 extends from an extractor aperture 646 and through the proximal portion 626, the cap connector 630, and the medical connector interface 640. In certain embodiments, the extractor aperture 646 is spaced away from the bag 660.
In some instances, the bag connector 682 comprises a nozzle 684 to which the bag 660 can be coupled. FIGS. 15A and 15B illustrate two embodiments of the nozzle 684. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 15A, the nozzle 684 is inserted into a proximal end 662 of the bag 660. The bag 660 can be coupled to the nozzle 684 by any suitable means, such as by an adhesive, a plastic sleeve, a heat seal, or a tension fit. As describe above with respect to the bag 360, in certain embodiments, a substantially airtight tension fit is achieved when the proximal end 662 of the bag 660 is sufficiently thick and stiff.
In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 15B, the nozzle 684 comprises one or more clip extensions 685. In some embodiments, a single clip extension 685 encircles the nozzle 684. Each of the one or more clip extensions 685 comprises a detent 686 and defines a recess 687. In certain embodiments, a collar 688 is placed around the proximal end 662 of the bag 660. The collar 688 is preferably sized and configured to fit snugly within the recess 687 and to be held securely in place by the detent 686 of each clip extension 685. Consequently, the one or more clip extensions 685 in cooperation with the collar 688 form a substantially airtight seal between the proximal end 662 of the bag 660 and the nozzle 684.
With reference again to FIG. 15A, in certain embodiments, the bag 660 is substantially cylindrical. In some embodiments, the walls of the bag 660 are thicker than the base thereof. In certain embodiments, the walls of the bag 660 are between about 0.001 inches and 0.004 inches, between about 0.001 inches and about 0.002 inches, between about 0.002 inches and about 0.003 inches, or between about 0.003 inches and about 0.004 inches thick. In other arrangements, the walls are greater than 0.001 inches, greater than 0.002 inches, or greater than 0.003 inches thick. In still other arrangements, the walls are less than about 0.004 inches, less than about 0.003 inches, or less than about 0.002 inches thick. Cylindrical configurations can be advantageous for use with the vial 210 when a large portion the vial 210 is generally cylindrical, as is often the case with standard medicinal vials. The cylindrical bag 660 can expand to a shape that substantially conforms to the interior volume of the vial 210.
As illustrated in FIG. 16, in some instances, the bag 660 can be folded in a star-like configuration having multiple arms 661. Each arm 661 can be folded, rolled, crumpled, or otherwise manipulated to fit within the piercing member 620 when it is closed. Any number of arms 661 can be formed from the bag 660, and in certain instances, the number of arms 661 increases with increasingly larger bags 660. In other configurations, the bag 660 is molded or shaped such that it naturally has a star-shaped cross-section and is capable of expanding to fill substantially cylindrical vials 210. Other configurations of the bag 660 are also possible, as discussed above in connection with the bag 260, and similar folding patterns may be employed.
FIG. 17 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 601 that resembles the adaptor 600 in many ways, but differs in manners such as those now described. The adaptor 601 comprises the piercing member 620 that partially defines the regulator channel 625, and further comprises a secondary piercing member 690 that partially defines the extractor channel 645. Accordingly, the adaptor 601 punctures the septum 216 in two distinct locations when coupled with the vial 210.
The secondary piercing member 690 can comprise any suitable material for puncturing the septum 216. In various embodiments, the secondary piercing member 690 comprises metal or plastic. In many configurations, the secondary piercing member 690 is significantly smaller than the piercing member 620, which allows both piercing members 620, 690 to be readily inserted through the septum 216. Furthermore, a smaller secondary piercing member 690 can position the extractor aperture 646, which is located at the tip of the secondary piercing member 690 in some configurations, adjacent an interior surface of the septum 216 when the adaptor 601 is coupled to the vial 210. Accordingly, most of the liquid contents of the vial 210 may be removed when the vial 210 is turned upside-down.
FIG. 18 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 602 that resembles the adaptor 600 in many ways, but differs in manners such as those now described. In the illustrated embodiment, the extractor channel 645 extends through the proximal portion 626 of the piercing member 620 such that the extractor aperture 646 is located within, or at a position interior to an outer surface of, the sleeve 622. More generally, the extractor aperture 646 is located within, or at a position interior to an outer surface of, the piercing member 620. In certain embodiments, as shown, the bag connector 682 is configured to space the bag 660 away from the extractor aperture 646 so that fluid may flow through the aperture 646 unobstructed as the bag 660 expands.
In certain embodiments, a ridge 694 extends around an inner surface of the cap connector 630 and defines a space 695 for accepting a jacket (not shown) used to keep the sleeve members 603 in a closed configuration. The space 695 can be of particular utility when the jacket has a substantial length or otherwise comprises a large amount of material.
FIG. 19 illustrates an embodiment of a vial adaptor 700. In certain embodiments, the adaptor 700 comprises a housing member 706, a sheath 707, and a bag insertion member 708. In some embodiments, the housing member 706 comprises a piercing member 720, a cap connector 730, and a medical connector interface 740 that in some ways resemble similarly numbered features of various other adaptor embodiments described herein.
In certain embodiments, the medical connector interface 740 branches from a proximal extension 709 of the housing member 706. The medical connector interface 740 defines a branch of a substantially “y”-shaped extractor channel 745. The piercing member 720 and the proximal extension 709 define the remainder of the extractor channel 745.
In certain embodiments, the cap connector 730 comprises one or more projections 737 for securing the adaptor 700 to the cap 214 of the vial 210 (not shown). In some embodiments, the cap connector 730 comprises one or more slits 739 that facilitate the coupling of the adaptor 700 to the vial 210 by allowing the cap connector 730 to expand. In some configurations, the cap connector 730 comprises a skirt 736.
The piercing member 720 can resemble the piercing members described herein. In some embodiments, the piercing member 720 comprises an angled distal end 723 which allows the passage therethrough of the bag insertion member 708. Advantageously, in some embodiments, the piercing member 720 is configured to extend only a short distance into the vial 210. Accordingly, a large amount of fluid can be withdrawn from the vial 210 when the vial 210 is oriented with the cap 214 facing downward. By being shorter, the piercing member 720 can also have thinner walls without the risk of bending or breaking upon insertion into the vial 210. Thinner walls can allow the insertion of a larger bag 760 than would otherwise be possible, thus permitting the safe and accurate withdrawal of a larger amount of fluid from the vial 210 in some instances. In some embodiments, the piercing member 720 does not extend beyond the skirt 736, which helps to shield users from accidental contact with the piercing member 720.
In some embodiments, the proximal extension 709 of the housing member 706 is coupled with the sheath 707. In certain instances, the proximal extension 709 and the housing member 706 are joined in threaded, snapped, or friction-fit engagement. In some instances, the proximal extension 709 and the housing member 706 are joined by glue, epoxy, ultrasonic welding, etc. In further arrangements, the proximal extension 709 and the housing member 706 are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material. In some arrangements, the proximal extension 709 and the housing member 706 are coupled in substantially airtight engagement.
In some embodiments, the proximal extension 709 and the sheath 707 are configured to secure a sealing member 715 in place. In some configurations, the proximal extension 709 comprises a shelf 717 that extends around an inner perimeter thereof, and the sheath 707 comprises ridge 719 that extends around an inner perimeter thereof. The shelf 717 and the ridge 719 can be configured to tension the sealing member 715 in place. In some arrangements, the sealing member 715 is slightly compressed by the shelf 717 and the ridge 719. In further arrangements, the sealing member 715 is held in place by glue or some other adhesive. In other embodiments, the sealing member 715 is retained in a groove in the bag insertion member 708.
The sealing member 715 can comprise any suitable material for forming a substantially airtight seal with the bag insertion member 708 while being slidably engaged therewith. In some instances, the sealing member 715 comprises a standard O-ring as is known in the art. In other instances, the sealing member 715 comprises a flange or other configuration that permits movement of the bag insertion member 708 in one direction only, such as to be inserted in the vial 210. In some instances, the substantially airtight seal between the sealing member 715 and the bag insertion member 708 defines a proximal boundary of the extractor channel 745.
In certain embodiments, the sheath 707 is sized and dimensioned to be gripped by a user—in various instances, with one, two, three, or four fingers of one hand of the user. The sheath 707 can be substantially hollow, defining a chamber 751 through which the bag insertion member 708 can move. In some embodiments, the chamber 751 narrows toward the distal end thereof. The sheath 707 can also define a slot 752. In some instances, the slot 752 has a substantially constant width, while in others, the slot 752 narrows toward a distal end thereof. The slot 752 can comprise a locking mechanism, as described below.
In various arrangements, a tab 753 is attached to or integrally formed with the bag insertion member 708. The tab 753 can be sized and dimensioned to be easily manipulated by a user—in some instances, by a thumb of the user. The tab 753 can be rounded to prevent any snags thereon by gloves that might be worn by the user. The tab 753 is generally configured to cooperate with the slot 752. In some arrangements, the tab 753 extends radially outward from the proximal end of the bag insertion member 753 and through the slot 752. The tab 753 and the slot 752 can be sized and configured such that the tab 753 can slide along a length of the slot 752. In some arrangements, the distal end of the slot 752 is sized such that the tab 753 fits snugly therein.
FIGS. 20A and 20B illustrate two separate locking mechanisms that can be used to secure the tab 753 at some fixed position in the slot 752. FIG. 20A illustrates a clip 754. The clip 754 comprises an angled face 755 and a ridge 756, and is biased toward a closed position, as illustrated. As the tab 753 is advanced toward the distal end of the slot 752, it contacts the face 755 and forces the clip 754 toward an open position. Once the tab 753 has been advanced to the distal end of the slot 752, the clip 754 is free to return to its natural, closed position. Accordingly, the ridge 756 contacts a proximal surface of the tab 753 and holds the tab 753 in place. As shown, in some arrangements, the ridge 756 is curved such that the clip 754 will not spring back into place until the tab 753 has reached the distal end of the slot 752, and once the clip 754 does spring back into place, a portion of the ridge 756 remains in contact with the clip 754. In other arrangements, more than one clip 754 can be used. For example, one clip 754 can be located on each side of the slot 752 to provide greater stability to the tab 753 when locked in place. In other instances, the one or more clips 754 comprise ridges extending from the sides of the slot 752 and are integrally formed with the sheath 707. In such instances, the clips 754 can be substantially smaller than those shown, and need not move independently from the sheath 707.
FIG. 20B illustrates an alternative arrangement of the slot 752 that can provide a locking mechanism for the tab 753. In the illustrated embodiment, the slot 752 comprises a lateral extension 757 that has a height corresponding to the height of the tab 753. Accordingly, once the tab 753 is advanced to the distal end of the slot 752, the tab 753 can be rotated into the lateral extension 757. In some instances, the tab 753 is secured in the lateral extension 757 by a friction fit. In other instances, a clip 754 can be used. Any other suitable means for locking the tab 753 in place can be employed.
With reference again to FIG. 19, in certain embodiments, the bag insertion member 708 comprises a flange 754 configured to help securely lock the tab 753 in place. The flange 754 can be attached to or integrally formed with the bag insertion member 708, and in certain instances, comprises a unitary piece with the tab 753. As noted above, in certain arrangements, the chamber 751 narrows toward the distal end of the sheath 707. Accordingly, as the bag insertion member 708 is advanced toward the distal end of the sheath 707, the flange 754 contacts a sidewall of the chamber 751, thereby restricting movement of the proximal end of the bag insertion member 708.
In certain embodiments, the bag insertion member 708 comprises a hollow shaft 753. In some arrangements, the shaft 753 extends from a proximal end of the sheath 707 to the distal end 723 of the piercing member 720. The shaft 753 can define a regulator channel 725 through which ambient air may flow.
In some arrangements, the bag insertion member 708 comprises thinner walls at its distal end to allow room for the bag 760 within the extractor channel 745. The bag 760 can be attached to the bag insertion member 708 by any suitable means, such as those described above with respect to the bag 260. In some arrangements, only the distal end 762 of the bag 760 is attached to the bag insertion member 708, thus freeing the remainder of the bag 760 to expand within the vial 210. In some instances, the bag 760 is substantially cylindrical in order to conform to the volume of the vial 210. The bag 760 can be configured to expand both laterally and longitudinally.
In certain arrangements, the bag insertion member 708 is configured to advance the bag 760 to a distance within the vial 210 sufficient to ensure that the bag 760 does not obstruct fluid flow through the distal end 723 of the piercing member 720. As indicated above, in some embodiments, the bag insertion member 708 is locked in place once it is advanced into the vial 210. Because the bag insertion member 708 generally cannot thereafter be withdrawn from the vial 210, there is a reduced chance of puncturing or tearing the bag 760 on the distal tip 723 after the bag 760 has expanded laterally.
Certain processes for using the adaptor 700 resemble those described above with respect to the adaptor 200 in many ways, and can include additional or alternative procedures such as those now described. In certain instances, once the adaptor 700 is coupled with the vial 210, the tab 753 is advanced distally along the slot 752, thus advancing the bag 760 toward the interior of the vial 210. In some instances, the tab 753 is locked in place at the distal end of the slot 752. In some instances, a user grips the sheath 707 with one or more fingers of one hand and advances the tab 753 distally within the slot 752 with the thumb of the hand until the tab 753 locks in place. Other gripping arrangements can also be employed.
In some instances, fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210 through the distal end 723 and through the extractor channel 745, and the bag 760 consequently expands with air. The air can flow through a regulator aperture 750, through the regulator channel 725 and into the bag 760. In other instances, fluid is injected into the vial 210 via the extractor channel 745 and the distal end 723, and air is forced from the bag 760. The expelled air can follow the reverse path through the regulator channel 725.
FIG. 21 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 800 in a disassembled state. The adaptor 800 comprises a housing member 806, a bag 860, and a casing member 870. In certain embodiments, the adaptor 800 is configured to provide sterilized air to the vial 210 as fluid is withdrawn therefrom.
With reference to FIGS. 21, 22, and 23, in certain embodiments, the housing member 806 comprises a cap connector 830, a piercing member 820, and a proximal extension 809 which, in some arrangements, are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material. In some embodiments, the housing member comprises polycarbonate plastic.
The cap connector 830 resembles similarly numbered cap connectors described above in many ways. In some instances, the cap connector 830 comprises one or more projections 837 and/or one or more slits 839. In some arrangements, an inner ring 835 and an outer ring 836 project from a proximal surface of the cap connector 830. The inner ring 835 can be configured to couple with the bag 860, as described below. The outer ring 836 can be configured to couple with the casing member 870, preferably in substantially airtight engagement via any suitable means, including those described herein.
In certain arrangements, the piercing member 820 extends distally from a central portion of the cap connector 830 and the proximal extension 809 extends proximally from the central portion of the cap connector 830. Together, the piercing member 820 and proximal extension 809 define an outer boundary of both a regulator channel 825 and an extractor channel 845. An inner wall 827 defines an inner boundary between the regulator channel 825 and the extractor channel 845.
In some arrangements, the piercing member 820 defines a distal regulator aperture 850 a configured to be located within the vial 210 when the adaptor 800 is coupled therewith. The distal regulator aperture 850 a permits fluid communication between the vial 210 and the regulator channel 825. The piercing member 820 can also define a distal extractor aperture 846 a. Advantageously, the distal extractor aperture 846 a can be configured to be located adjacent an interior surface of the septum 216 when the adaptor 800 is coupled with the vial 210, thereby permitting withdrawal of most or all of the liquid from the vial 210 through the extractor channel 845.
In certain configurations, the proximal extension 809 defines a proximal regulator aperture 850 b that allows fluid communication between the bag 860 and the regulator channel 825. The proximal regulator aperture 850 b can be located anywhere along the length of the portion of the proximal extension 809 that defines the outer boundary of the regulator channel 825, and can assume various sizes. In some instances, the proximal regulator aperture 805 b is located at or adjacent the longitudinal center of the proximal extension 809. In certain configurations, the purpose of the above-noted portion of the proximal extension 809 is primarily structural. Accordingly, in some arrangements, this portion is eliminated, and the proximal regulator aperture 850 b is instead defined by the cap connector 830. The proximal extension 809 can also define a proximal extractor aperture 846 b that allows fluid communication between a medical connector interface 840 and the extractor channel 845.
With reference to FIGS. 21 and 23, in certain embodiments, the casing member 870 defines a cavity 871 for housing the bag 860. The casing member 870 can comprise the medical connector interface 840, which resembles similarly numbered medical connector interfaces described above in many ways. In certain arrangements, a base portion of the medical connector interface 840 is configured to accept a proximal end 872 of the proximal extension 809. In some arrangements, the proximal end 872 is attached to the casing member 870 in substantially airtight engagement via any suitable means, including those disclosed herein. In some arrangements, the casing member 870 comprises a venting aperture 873. The venting aperture 873 allows ambient air to enter the chamber 871, thereby exposing an exterior surface of the bag 860 to atmospheric pressure, described in more detail below. The casing member 870 can comprise a proximal ring 874 for coupling the casing member 870 with the bag 860, as discussed below. The casing member 870 preferably comprises a rigid material capable of protecting the bag 860, and in some instances comprises polycarbonate plastic.
In some arrangements, the bag 860 comprises a proximal flange 861 and a distal flange 862. The proximal flange 861 can be sized and configured to couple with the proximal ring 874 of the casing member 870, and the distal flange 862 can be sized and configured to couple with the inner ring 835 of the housing member 806, preferably in substantially airtight engagement. In some instances, a substantially airtight engagement is achieved with flanges 861, 862 that comprise stiffer and/or thicker material than the remainder of the bag 860. In further arrangements, an inner diameter of the flanges 861, 862 is slightly smaller than an outer diameter of the rings 874, 835, respectively. In some arrangements, the flanges 861, 862 are adhered to the rings 874, 835, respectively.
In various configurations, the inner diameter of either of the flanges 861, 862 is from about 0.10 to about 0.40 inches, from about 0.15 to about 0.35, or from about 0.20 to about 0.30 inches. In other configurations, the inner diameter is at least about 0.10 inches, at least about 0.15 inches, at least about 0.20 inches, or at least about 0.25 inches. In still other configurations, the inner diameter is no more than about 0.30 inches, no more than about 0.35 inches, or no more than about 0.40 inches. In some embodiments, the inner diameter is about 0.25 inches.
In various configurations, the height of the bag 860, as measured from tip to tip of the flanges 861, 862, is from about 1.00 to 3.00 inches, from about 1.50 to 2.50 inches, or from about 1.75 to about 2.25 inches. In other configurations, the height is at least about 1.00 inches, at least about 1.50 inches, at least about 1.75 inches, or at least about 2.00 inches. In still other configurations, the height is no more than about 2.25 inches, no more than about 2.50 inches, or no more than about 3.00 inches. In some embodiments, the height is about 2.00 inches.
In various configurations, the width of the bag 860 is from about 0.80 inches to about 1.00 inches, from about 0.85 inches to about 0.95 inches, or from about 0.87 to about 0.89 inches. In other configurations, the width is at least about 0.80 inches, at least about 0.85 inches, or at least about 0.87 inches. In still other configurations, the width is no more than about 0.89 inches, no more than about 0.95 inches, or no more than about 1.00 inches. In some configurations, the width is about 0.875 inches. In some configurations, the thickness of the bag 860 is from about 0.0005 inches to about 0.010 inches. In many arrangements, the bag 860 is sufficiently thick to resist tearing or puncturing during manufacture or use, but sufficiently flexible to contract under relatively small pressure differentials, such as pressure differentials no more than about 1 psi, no more than about 2 psi, no more than about 3 psi, no more than about 4 psi, or no more than about 5 psi.
In some embodiments, the bag 860 is both circularly symmetric and symmetric about a latitudinal plane passing through a center of the bag 860. In such embodiments, assembly of the adaptor 800 is facilitated because the bag 860 can assume any of a number of equally acceptable orientations within the adaptor 800.
In certain arrangements, the bag 860 comprises sterilized air that can be drawn into the vial 210 (not shown) as fluid is withdrawn therefrom. In some arrangements, the air within the bag 860 is pressurized to correspond with the approximate atmospheric pressure at which the adaptor 800 is expected to be used. In some instances, a removable cover or tab 875 (shown in FIG. 22) is placed over the distal regulator aperture 850 a in order to maintain the pressure within the bag 860 and to ensure that the air within the bag 860 remains sterile up through coupling of the adaptor 800 with the vial 210. As with the jacket 505 described above, the tab 875 can be configured to catch on the septum 216 and remain there as the piercing member 820 is inserted through the septum 216. Other suitable methods can also be used for maintaining the pressure within the bag 860 and ensuring that the air within the bag 860 remains sterile up through coupling of the adaptor 800 with the vial 210.
In some instances, when the adaptor 800 is coupled with the vial 210, the atmospheric pressure within the extractor channel 845 corresponds with the pressure within the bag 860. As fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210, the pressure within the vial 210 drops. Accordingly, sterilized air flows from the bag 860 into the vial 210. For reasons discussed above in connection with other adaptors, in some embodiments, the bag 860 comprises a volume of air equal to or greater than the volume of fluid contained in the vial 210. In some arrangements, the bag 860 is also preferably configured to readily collapse.
In certain configurations, as fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210, it flows through the distal extractor aperture 846 a, the extractor channel 845, the proximal extractor aperture 846 b, and the medical connector interface 840. As pressure drops within the vial 210, sterilized air is withdrawn from the bag 860, through the proximal regulator aperture 850 b, through the regulator channel 825, through the distal regulator aperture 850 a, and into the vial 210.
In some instances, excess fluid and/or bubbles are returned to the vial 210. Injecting fluid and/or air into the vial 210 increases pressure within the vial 210. As a result, in some arrangements, air and/or fluid within the vial 210 flows through the distal regulator aperture 850 a into the regulator channel 825. In some instances, the air and/or fluid additionally flows into the bag 860. In many instances, it is desirable to prevent fluid from flowing into the bag 860. Accordingly, in some arrangements, the proximal regulator aperture 850 b can be small so as permit air to flow therethrough but resist introduction of fluid to the bag 860. In other arrangements, a hydrophobic filter, membrane, or mesh is disposed over the proximal regulator aperture 850 b. The adaptor 800 thus can be particularly suited to allow the expulsion of excess fluid or air bubbles from a syringe or other medical instrument.
FIG. 24 illustrates an embodiment of a vial adaptor 900 coupled with the vial 210. The adaptor 900 comprises a medical connector interface 940, a cap connector 930, and a piercing member 920. The adaptor 900 further comprises an input port 980 and regulator port 981. In certain embodiments, the ports 980, 981 are disposed at opposite ends of the adaptor 900 in order to balance the adaptor 900. As shown, in some embodiments, a single housing comprises each of the above-noted features. The housing can comprise any rigid material, such as plastic.
In some embodiments, the medical connector interface 940 and the cap connector interface 930 represent similarly numbered features described above. In the illustrated embodiment, the cap connector 930 comprises a platform 939.
In certain embodiments, the piercing member 920 defines an extractor aperture 946, a distal portion of an extractor channel 945, a regulator aperture 950, and a distal portion of a regulator channel 925. The apertures 946, 950 can be positioned on the sides of the piercing member 920 or at a distal end 923 thereof, as illustrated.
In certain embodiments, the extractor channel 945 extends through the piercing member 920, through the cap connector 930, and through the medical connector interface 940. The regulator channel 925 extends through the piercing member 920, through the cap connector 930, and into the ports 980, 981.
In some embodiments, the input port 980 comprises a hydrophobic filter 990. Such filters are generally known in the art. The filter 990 prevents dust, bacteria, microbes, spores, and other contaminants from entering the vial 210. In some embodiments, the input port 980 comprises a valve 984. The valve 984 is configured to permit air that has passed through the filter 990 to pass into the regulator channel 925, but to prevent any air or fluid from passing through the valve 984 in the other direction.
In some embodiments, the regulator port 981 comprises a hydrophobic filter 991. In some instances, the filter 991 is identical to the filter 990. However, in many embodiments, the hydrophobic filter need only be capable of prohibiting the passage therethrough of liquids or vapors, whether or not it is capable of filtering out dust, bacteria, etc. In many embodiments, the regulator port 981 comprises a bag 960 in substantially airtight engagement with the port 981. In some instances, the bag 960 comprises a flexible material capable of expanding and contracting. In many instances, the bag 960 comprises a substantially impervious material. In certain configurations, the bag 960 comprises Mylar®, polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, saran, latex rubber, polyisoprene, silicone rubber, and polyurethane.
In some configurations, as fluid is withdrawn from the vial 210 through the extractor channel 945, ambient air passes through the filter 990, through the valve 984, through the regulator channel 925, and into the vial 210. The bag 960, if not already inflated, tends to inflate within the regulator port 981 due to pressure within the vial 210 being lower than atmospheric pressure.
In certain configurations, as fluid and/or air is returned to the vial 210, pressure within the vial 210 increases. Fluid is thus forced into the regulator channel 925. Because the valve 984 prevents passage therethrough of fluid, the fluid fills the regulator channel 925 and collapses the bag 960. So long as the volume of fluid returned to the vial 210 is smaller than the volume of the bag 960, the pressure within the vial 210 generally does not increase significantly. However, once the bag 960 is completely collapsed, additional return of fluid to the vial 210 generally increases the pressure within the vial 210. Accordingly, in some arrangements, the size of the bag 960 determines the amount of overdrawn fluid that can be returned to the vial 210 without causing any of the pressure-related problems described above. In various embodiments, the bag 960, when expanded, has a volume of between about 0.5 cc and 5 cc, between about 1 cc and 4 cc, or between about 1.5 cc and about 2 cc. In some embodiments the volume is no more than about 2 cc or no more than about 1 cc. In some instances, the adaptor 900 houses a relatively small bag 960 having a volume of about 1 cc or about 2 cc, for example, which permits the return of bubbles or small amounts of overdrawn fluid while keeping the adaptor 900 from being overly bulky.
In certain embodiments, the presence of filters 990, 991 that are hydrophobic can be precautionary and may not be warranted. In principle, the valve 984 and the substantially impervious bag 960 should prevent any fluid from passing from the vial 210 to the exterior of the adaptor 900. However, in the unlikely event that the valve 984 were to fail or the bag 960 were to rupture, the hydrophobic filters 990, 991 could serve to prevent fluid from exiting the adaptor 900. Similarly, in some instances, the collapsible bag 960 is removed from the regulator port 991 and/or the valve 984 is removed from the input port 980 without affecting the operation of the adaptor 900.
FIG. 25 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 1000 coupled with a vial 1210. The adaptor 1000 comprises a medical device interface 1040, a cap connector 1030, and a piercing member 1020, each of which resembles similarly numbered features described herein in many ways. In some embodiments, the adaptor 1000 comprises an extractor channel 1045 for removing fluid from the vial 1210, but does not comprise a regulator channel. The vial 1210 resembles the vial 210 except as detailed hereafter.
In certain embodiments, the vial 1210 comprises a regulator conduit 1215 coupled at one end with a bag 1260, preferably in substantially airtight engagement. In some embodiments, the regulator conduit 1215 extends through the septum 216 and through the casing 218. In such embodiments, the portion of the septum 216 that is normally visible to a user is substantially unaffected by the presence of the conduit 1215, as illustrated in FIG. 26. Accordingly, a user would generally not risk accidentally trying to insert the piercing member 1020 into or over the regulator conduit 1215. In other embodiments, the regulator conduit 1215 extends through the septum 216 only. In still other embodiments, the regulator conduit 1215 extends through the body 212 of the vial 1210. In some embodiments, especially those in which a syringe with a needle is expected to pierce the vial 1210, the regulator conduit 1215 can be substantially longer than is shown in the illustrated embodiment to avoid puncture of the bag 1260 by the needle. In some instances, the regulator conduit 1215 can extend further into the vial 1210 than the maximum distance that a needle can extend into the vial 1210. The regulator conduit 1215 can extend at least about ¼, ⅓, ½, ¾, or substantially all of the distance from the interior wall of the vial 1210. The regulator conduit 1215 can also be curved to conform with the curved shape of the neck portion of a standard vial. In this way, the regulator conduit 1215 can help to position the bag 1260 as far as possible from a needle or piercing member 1020 that penetrates the septum 216. In certain instances, the vial 1210 is filled with a medical fluid, is slightly evacuated, and is then hermetically sealed. In many embodiments, the bag 1260 is included in the sealed vial 1210 in a generally collapsed state. However, atmospheric pressure acting on the interior of the bag 1260 can cause it to expand slightly within the sealed vial 1210 in some instances.
The adaptor 1000 can be coupled to the vial 1210. In some instances, insertion of the piercing member 1020 results in slight pressure changes within the vial 1210 that force the bag 1260 away from the piercing member 1020. In certain arrangements, the piercing member 1020 extends just beyond a distal surface of the septum 216, and is spaced away from the bag 260. It is appreciated that any adaptor disclosed herein could be coupled with the vial 1210, as could numerous other adaptors configured to be coupled with a standard medicinal vial. As fluid is withdrawn from the vial 1210 or injected into the vial 1210, the bag 1260 expands and contracts, respectively, in a manner as disclosed herein.
In certain embodiments, the vial 1210 comprises one or more extensions 1230. The extensions 1230 can be disposed around the perimeter of the cap 214, as shown, or they can be located at other points on the cap 214. In some instances, the one or more extensions 1230 are located on a distal side of the cap 214, on a proximal side of the cap 214, and/or around a surface extending between the proximal and distal sides of the cap 214. In many arrangements, the extensions 1230 extend only a short distance around the perimeter of the cap 214. In many arrangements, the extensions 1230 maintain space between the cap 214 and the cap connector 1030 when the vial adaptor 1000 is coupled with the vial 1210, thus allowing ambient air to flow freely into and/or out of the regulator conduit 1215. In other embodiments, the vial adaptor 1000 comprises extensions 1230 for the same purpose. Other arrangements are possible for permitting air to flow freely into and/or out of the regulator conduit 1215. For example, the vial adaptor 1000 can comprise a venting channel (not shown) extending through the cap connector 1230.
FIG. 27 illustrates an embodiment of a vial 1310 comprising a bag 1360 coupled with the adaptor 1000. In some embodiments, the bag 1360 is filled with a medical fluid 1320. A distal end 1362 of the bag 1360 can be hermetically sealed to the cap 214. In some instances, the distal end 1362 is sealed between the septum 216 and a proximal end of the body 212. In certain embodiments, the vial 1310 comprises a venting aperture 1325. The venting aperture 1325 can be located anywhere on the body 212. In some arrangements, the venting aperture 1325 is located at a distal end of the body 212. Accordingly, the bag 1360 does not obstruct the venting aperture 1325 when fluid is withdrawn from the vial 1310 in an upside-down configuration. In some instances, the venting aperture 1325 is covered by a filter or a screen to prevent debris or other items from entering the vial 1310 and possibly puncturing the bag 1360.
In certain instances, as a volume of fluid is withdrawn from the vial 1310, the bag 1360 contracts to a new smaller volume to account for the amount of fluid withdrawn. In some instances, due to the venting aperture 1325, the pressure surrounding the bag 1360 and the pressure acting on a device used to extract the fluid, such as a syringe, are the same when fluid ceases to be withdrawn from the vial 1310. Accordingly, extraction of fluid from the vial 1310 can be similar to other methods and systems described herein in many ways.
FIG. 28 illustrates an embodiment of a vial 1410 comprising a bag 1460. In some arrangements, the vial 1410 comprises a regulator conduit 1415 coupled at one end with the bag 1460, preferably in substantially airtight engagement. In certain configurations, the regulator conduit 1415 comprises a center wall 1417 and an outer wall 1419. In some arrangements, the center wall 1417 bisects the septum 216, extending along the diameter of the septum 216. The center wall 1417 can comprise a flange 1420 that extends proximally from the septum 216 along a portion thereof not covered by the casing 218. In some arrangements, the outer wall 1419 is sealed in substantially airtight engagement between the septum 216 and a proximal end of the body 212. In some configurations, the outer wall 1419 is substantially semicircular.
Accordingly, in some embodiments, the septum 216 is divided into two portions by the regulator conduit 1415. Piercing one portion of the septum 216 provides access to the contents of the vial 1410, and piercing the other portion of the septum 216 provides access to the regulator conduit 1415 and the bag 1460. In some configurations, at least a proximal surface of the septum 216 is colored, painted, or otherwise marked to indicate the different portions of the septum 216.
FIG. 29 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 1500 coupled with the vial 1410. The adaptor 1500 comprises a medical connector interface 1540 and a cap connector 1530 that resemble similarly numbered features described herein. The cap connector 1530 can define a groove 1531 having sufficient depth to accept the flange 1420 or to avoid contact therewith.
In some configurations, the adaptor 1500 comprises an extractor piercing member 1521 and a regulator piercing member 1522. In some embodiments, the extractor piercing member 1521 is configured to extend just beyond a distal surface of the septum 216. Accordingly, in some instances, the regulator piercing member 1522 is longer than the extractor piercing member 1521, which provides a means for distinguishing the piercing members 1521, 1522 from each other. Other methods for distinguishing the piercing members 1521, 1522 can also be employed. The adaptor 1500 can be colored, painted, or otherwise marked to indicate correspondance with the different sections of the septum 216.
In some instances, the extractor piercing member 1521 provides fluid communication with the liquid contents of the vial 1410, and the regulator piercing member 1522 provides fluid communication with the bag 1460. Accordingly, removal of liquid from the vial 1410 via the adaptor 1500 can be similar to other liquid removal methods and systems described herein in many ways.
FIG. 30 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 1600 in a disassembled state. The adaptor 1600 can be coupled with a vial, such as the vial 210 described above. The adaptor 1600 resembles the adaptors described above in many ways, but differs in manners such as those discussed hereafter. Any suitable combination of features, structures, or characteristics described with respect to the adaptor 1600 and/or any other adaptor described herein is possible. In certain embodiments, the adaptor 1600 comprises a plug 1601, a bag 1660, a channel housing member 1670, a tip 1624, a sleeve 1680, a cap connector 1630, and a shroud 1690. In other embodiments, the adaptor 1600 comprises fewer than all of these features or structures. For example, in some embodiments, the adaptor 1600 does not comprise the plug 1601, the sleeve 1680, and/or the shroud 1690. In some arrangements, the channel housing member 1670 and the cap connector 1630 comprise separate pieces, as shown. In other arrangements, the channel housing member 1670 and the cap connector 1630 are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material.
In certain embodiments, the adaptor 1600 comprises a piercing member 1620. In some embodiments, the piercing member 1620 comprises the tip 1624 and the sheath 1622, while in other embodiments, the piercing member 1620 does not comprise the tip 1624. In certain arrangements, the tip 1624 is separable from the sheath 1622. In some instances, the tip 1624 is secured to the sheath 1622 by a sleeve 1680. The sleeve 1680 can be configured to cling to the septum 216 as the sheath 1622 is inserted through the septum 216, thereby remaining on the exterior of the vial 210. In some instances, the sleeve 1680 can resemble the jacket 505 described above. In various arrangements, the sleeve 1680 comprises heat shrink tubing, polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, saran, latex rubber, polyisoprene, silicone rubber, or polyurethane.
With reference to FIGS. 31 and 32, in certain embodiments, the channel housing member 1670 comprises a medical connector interface 1640, a radial extension 1672, and a sheath 1622. In some instances, the medical connector interface 1640, the radial extension 1672, and the sheath 1622 are integrally formed of a unitary piece of material. In many instances, the channel housing member 1670 comprises a stiff material, such as polycarbonate plastic.
The medical connector interface 1640 can resemble other medical connector interfaces described herein in many respects. In certain arrangements, the medical connector interface 1640 defines a proximal end of an extractor channel 1645. In some arrangements, the medical connector interface 1640 is offset from an axial center of the channel housing member 1670.
In some arrangements, the medical connector interface 1640 is asymmetric, and in some instances, comprises an indentation 1641 at a base thereof. In certain instances, the indentation 1641 results from one side of the medical connector interface 1640 having a more tapered and/or thinner sidewall than another side thereof, as illustrated in FIG. 32. In other instances, the indentation 1641 results from the sidewall being shaped differently on two or more sides of the medical connector interface 1640, while the thickness of the sidewall does not substantially vary at any given latitudinal cross-section of the medical connector interface 1640. As described below, in some instances, the indentation 1641 facilitates assembly of the adaptor 1600 and/or permits the use of a larger bag 1660.
In certain embodiments, the radial extension 1672 projects outward from an axial center of the channel housing member 1670. In some arrangements, the radial extension 1672 is located at the base of the medical connector interface 1640 such that the extractor channel 1645 extends through the radial extension 1672. In further arrangements, the radial extension 1672 defines a bag insertion aperture 1674. In some instances, a ledge 1676 (shown in FIGS. 30, 32, and 33) separates the bag insertion aperture 1674 from the base of the medical connector interface 1640. The bag insertion aperture 1674 can assume any of a variety of shapes. In the illustrated embodiment, the bag insertion aperture 1674 is substantially semicircular with the ledge 1676 defining a flat portion of the semicircle (see FIG. 30).
With reference to FIGS. 31 through 34, the sheath 1622 can resemble other sheaths disclosed herein in many respects. In some embodiments, an axial length of the sheath 1622 is substantially perpendicular to the radial extension 1672. In some arrangements, the sheath 1622 defines at least a distal portion of the extractor channel 1645. In some instances, the portion of the sidewall of the sheath 1622 defining a portion of the extractor channel 1645 is thinner than other portions of the sidewall (see FIGS. 32 and 33). In further arrangements, the sheath 1622 defines a cavity 1629 for housing at least a portion of the bag 1660. In some instances, the extractor channel 1645 and the cavity 1629 are separated by an inner wall 1627. The sheath 1622 can be generally hollow and terminate at a distal end 1623.
With reference to FIGS. 31, 32, and 34, in some embodiments, an extractor aperture 1646 extends through a sidewall of the sheath 1622 at a distal end of the extractor channel 1645. In some arrangements, the extractor aperture 1646 is substantially circular. In various instances, the diameter of the extractor aperture 1646 is between about 0.020 inches and about 0.060 inches, between about 0.030 inches and about 0.050 inches, or between about 0.035 inches and about 0.045 inches. In other instances the diameter is greater than about 0.020 inches, greater than about 0.030 inches, or greater than about 0.035 inches. In still other instances, the diameter is less than about 0.060 inches, less than about 0.050 inches, or less than about 0.045 inches. In some instances, the diameter is about 0.040 inches.
As described below, in certain arrangements, the extractor aperture 1646 is configured to be adjacent the septum 216 when the adaptor 1600 is coupled with the vial 210. In various instances, a center of the extractor aperture 1646 is spaced from a distal surface 1679 of the radial extension 1672 (see FIG. 32) by a distance of between about 0.25 inches and about 0.35 inches, between about 0.28 inches and about 0.32 inches, or between about 0.29 inches and about 0.31 inches. In other instances, the distance is greater than about 0.25 inches, greater than about 0.28 inches, or greater than about 0.29 inches. In still other instances, the distance is less than about 0.35 inches, less than about 0.32 inches, or less than about 0.31 inches. In some instances, the distance is about 0.305 inches.
With reference to FIGS. 31 and 34, in certain embodiments, a groove 1678 extends distally from the extractor aperture 1646. In some arrangements, the groove 1678 extends along the length of the sheath 1622. In other arrangements, the groove 1678 extends at an angle with respect to the length of the sheath 1622. The groove 1678 can be substantially straight, or it can be curved. In some arrangements, the groove 1678 has a substantially constant depth and width. In other arrangements, the depth and/or width vary along a length of the groove 1678. In some instances, the cross-sectional profile of the groove 1678 is asymmetrical, as shown in FIG. 34. Accordingly, the depth of the groove 1678 can vary from one side of the groove 1678 to the other.
In various arrangements, the length of the groove 1678 is between about 0.15 inches and about 0.35 inches, between about 0.20 inches and about 0.30 inches, or between about 0.23 inches and about 0.27 inches. In other arrangements, the length is greater than about 0.15 inches, greater than about 0.20 inches, or greater than about 0.23 inches. In still other arrangements, the length is less than about 0.35 inches, less than about 0.30 inches, or less than about 0.27 inches. In some embodiments, the length is about 0.25 inches.
In various arrangements, the width of the groove 1678 is between about 0.010 inches and about 0.030 inches, between about 0.015 inches and about 0.025 inches, or between about 0.018 inches and about 0.022 inches. In other arrangements, the width is greater than about 0.010 inches, greater than about 0.015 inches, or greater than about 0.018 inches. In still other arrangements, the width is less than about 0.030 inches, less than about 0.025 inches, or less than about 0.022 inches. In some embodiments, the width is about 0.020 inches.
In various arrangements, the depth of the groove 1678, as measured between the highest point and the lowest point of the cross-sectional profile of the groove 1678, is between about 0.020 inches and about 0.040 inches, between about 0.025 inches and about 0.035 inches, or between about 0.030 inches and about 0.034 inches. In other arrangements, the depth is greater than about 0.020 inches, greater than about 0.025 inches, or greater than about 0.030 inches. In still other arrangements, the depth is less than about 0.040 inches, less than about 0.035 inches, or less than about 0.034 inches. In some embodiments, the depth is about 0.032 inches.
In some instances, it is desirable to remove substantially all of the fluid within the vial 210, such as when the fluid is a costly medication. Accordingly, in certain arrangements, it is desirable for the extractor aperture 1646 to be as close as possible to the septum 216 when the adaptor 1600 is coupled with the vial 210 so that a maximum amount of fluid can be removed from the vial 210. However, the precise dimensions of the septum 216 or, more generally, of the cap 214 can vary among different vials 210 of the same make and size. Further, the adaptor 1600 can be configured to couple with an assortment of vials 210 that vary by size or by source of manufacture. These variations can also result in variations in cap dimensions and, as a result, the location of the extractor aperture 1646 with respect to the septum 216. Advantageously, the groove 1678 can provide a fluid passageway to the extractor aperture 1646, even if the extractor aperture 1640 is partially or completely obstructed by the septum 216. In many instances, the groove 1678 allows the removal of substantially all of the fluid contents of the vial 210, regardless of the precise orientation of the extractor aperture 1646 with respect to the septum 216.
In some instances, the groove 1678 is sized and dimensioned such that the septum 216 does not obstruct the flow of fluid through the groove 1678. In many arrangements, the septum 216 comprises a compliant material that conforms to the shape of an item inserted therethrough, often forming a liquid-tight seal with the item. Accordingly, in some instances, the edges of the groove 1678 are angled sufficiently sharply and the depth of the groove 1678 is sufficiently large to prevent the septum 216 from completely conforming to the shape of the groove 1678. Accordingly, a fluid passageway remains between the septum 216 and the volume of the groove 1678 that is not filled in by the septum 216.
In some instances, the groove 1678 extends into the sheath 1622 at an angle, rather than directly toward the center of the sheath 1622. In some instances, an angled configuration allows the groove 1678 to be deeper than it could be otherwise. In some instances, the depth of the groove 1678 is greater than the thickness of the sheath 1622.
With reference to FIGS. 30, 35, and 36, the plug 1601 is configured to secure the bag 1660 to the channel housing member 1670. In some arrangements, the plug 1601 comprises a projection 1602 and a rim 1604.
In certain arrangements, the projection 1602 is configured to be inserted into an opening 1661 of the bag 1660 and to tension the bag 1660 against the bag insertion aperture 1674 (see FIG. 30). In some instances, the cross-sectional profile of the projection 1602 is substantially complementary to that of the bag insertion aperture 1674. In the illustrated embodiment, the cross-sectional profile of the projection 1602 is substantially semicircular. The projection 1602 can taper toward a distal end thereof, allowing the projection to be inserted into the bag insertion aperture 1674 with relative ease. In many instances, contact between the projection 1602 and the bag 1660 creates a substantially airtight seal, and contact between the bag 1660 and the channel housing member 1670 creates a substantially airtight seal. In some instances, glue or some other adhesive is applied to the plug 1601, the bag 1660, and/or the channel housing member 1670 to ensure a substantially airtight seal.
In some instances, the semicircular arrangement of the projection 1602 and the bag insertion aperture 1674 facilitates assembly of the adaptor 1600. The asymmetry of the arrangement can help to ensure that the plug 1601 is oriented properly upon insertion thereof into the channel housing member 1670. The asymmetry can also prevent the plug 1601 from rotating within the channel housing member 1670. Other arrangements are also possible for the interface between the plug 1601 and the channel housing member 1670.
In certain arrangements, the rim 1604 extends along a portion of the perimeter of the plug 1601 and defines a recess 1605. In some instances, the recess 1605 is configured to accept a flange 1661 of the bag 1660 (see FIG. 30), thereby allowing a distal surface of the rim 1604 to contact a proximal surface of the radial extension 1672. In some instances, an adhesive is applied to the distal surface of the rim 1604 to help secure the plug 1601 to the channel housing member 1670.
In certain embodiments, the plug 1601 defines a regulator channel 1625. The regulator channel 1625 can extend from a regulator aperture 1650 into the bag 1660 of an assembled adaptor 1600. In certain arrangements, the regulator aperture 1650 is exposed to the environment at the exterior of the assembled adaptor 1600. The regulator channel 1625 can permit air to ingress to and/or egress from the bag 1660.
With reference to FIGS. 30 and 37 through 39, the cap connector 1630 can resemble the cap connectors described above in many ways. In various instances, the cap connector comprises one or more projections 1637 and/or one or more slits 1639. In some arrangements, the cap connector 1630 comprises a piercing member aperture 1632. In some instances, the piercing member 1620 is inserted through the piercing member aperture 1632 during assembly of the adaptor 1600.
In some instances, a proximal surface of the cap connector 1630 is substantially planar. In further instances, a distal surface of the radial projection 1672 of the channel housing member 1670 is also substantially planar. The two planar surfaces can abut one another in an assembled adaptor 1600. Advantageously, a large area of contact between the cap connector 1630 and the radial projection 1672 can permit a secure attachment between these pieces via application of an adhesive, ultrasonic welding, or some other method.
With reference to FIG. 30, in some embodiments, the shroud 1690 is configured to couple with the cap connector 1630. The shroud 1690 can frictionally engage the cap connector 1630, snap into the cap connector 1630, or couple with the cap connector 1630 by any other suitable means. In some arrangements, the shroud 1690 comprises one or more indentations 1694 that can provide traction for removing the shroud 1690 prior to using the adaptor 1600. In other embodiments, the shroud 1690 comprises a substantially smooth inner surface and a substantially smooth outer surface, and can resemble a right cylindrical tube. In some embodiments, the shroud is open at a proximal end 1692 and closed at a distal end 1696. In other embodiments, the shroud 1690 is open at the proximal end 1692 and open at the distal end 1696. In certain arrangements, the shroud 1690 is configured to enclose, substantially encircle, or otherwise shield the piercing member 1620 without contacting the piercing member 1620. The shroud 1690 can prevent contamination or damage of the piercing member 1620 that may result from accidental contact with the piercing member 1620 prior to use of the adaptor 1600.
FIG. 40 illustrates an embodiment of an adaptor 1700 in a disassembled state. The adaptor 1700 can be coupled with a vial, such as the vial 210. The adaptor 1700 resembles the adaptors described above in many ways, but differs in manners such as those discussed hereafter. Any suitable combination of features, structures, or characteristics described with respect to the adaptor 1700 and/or any other adaptor described herein is possible.
In certain embodiments, the adaptor 1700 comprises a medical connector 241, a housing member 1705, a bag 1760, a bag retainer 1770, a tip 1724, and/or a sleeve 1780. In some embodiments, the housing member 1705 comprises a medical connector interface 1740, a cap connector 1730, and a sheath 1722, each of which can in many ways resemble the medical connector interfaces, cap connectors, and sheaths, respectively, described herein. The medical connector 241, the bag 1760, the tip 1724, and the sleeve 1780 can in many ways resemble the medical connectors, bags, tips, and the sleeve 1680, respectively, described herein. In some embodiments, a piercing member 1720 comprises the sheath 1722, the bag retainer 1770, and the tip 1724.
With reference to FIG. 41A, in certain embodiments, the cap connector 1730 defines a regulator aperture 1750. In some embodiments, the regulator aperture 1750 is slightly offset from an axial center of the vial adaptor 1700. In some embodiments, the regulator aperture 1750 is in close proximity (e.g., adjacent) to an interface of the cap connector 1730 and the medical connector interface 1740. Advantageously, the regulator aperture 1750 can be sufficiently small to prevent passage therethrough of undesirable objects, and sufficiently large to vent the adaptor 1700 to atmosphere. A relatively small regulator aperture 1750 can also permit the medical connector interface 1740 to be located relatively centrally, thus helping to balance the adaptor 1700 and prevent accidental tipping when the adaptor 1700 is connected with a vial.
With reference to FIG. 41B, in certain embodiments, the sheath 1722 comprises a recessed surface 1723 at a distal end thereof. The recessed surface 1723 can be substantially cylindrical, and can have a smaller outer diameter than an outer diameter of a more proximal portion of the sheath 1722. In some embodiments, the sheath 1722 defines a distal ledge 1725. The distal ledge 1725 can extend between an outer surface 1726 of the sheath 1722 and the recessed surface 1723. In some embodiments, the sheath 1722 defines an extractor aperture 1746. In some embodiments, the sheath 1722 includes a groove 1778, such as the groove 1678, that extends from the extractor aperture. In other embodiments, the sheath 1722 does not include a groove 1778. The extractor aperture 1746 can be located at a position distal of the base of the sheath 1722 such that the aperture 1746 is less likely to be covered by the septum 216 of the cap 214 when the adaptor 1700 is connected to a vial 200. In various embodiments, the extractor aperture 1746 is positioned within a region covering about half, one-quarter, or one-eighth of the distance from the base of the sheath 1722 to the end of the sheath 1722.
In some embodiments, the cap connector 1730 comprises a skirt 1736, such as the skirt 736. The skirt 1736 can define one or more slits 1739, which can allow the cap connector 1730 to flex radially outward as the adaptor 1700 is being coupled with a vial. In some embodiments, a portion of a slit 1739 defines a notch 1738. The notch 1738 can result from a molding process used to manufacture the housing member 1705. In some embodiments, a removable tapered pin (not shown) is positioned such that the notch 1738 is formed around a proximal portion of the pin, and the extractor aperture 1746 is formed around a distal portion of the pin. In further embodiments, the groove 1778 is also formed by a removable piece which, in some embodiments, extends transversely from the tapered pin.
In some embodiments, the notch 1738 can assist in signaling to a user the orientation of the extractor aperture 1746 when the adaptor 1700 is coupled with a vial 200. For example, in some embodiments, a center of the extractor aperture 1746 and a center of the notch 1738 are substantially collinear along a straight line that is substantially perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the sheath 1722. In certain of such embodiments, if the extractor aperture 1746 is obscured by the vial 200 and/or a portion of the cap connector 1730 (such as the skirt 1736) when the sheath 1722 is inside the vial 200, the radial orientation of the extractor aperture 1746 nevertheless can be determined by referencing the radial orientation of the notch 1738, which is outside of the vial 200. In some embodiments, a method of extracting fluid from a vial 200 includes directing the notch 1738 toward the ground to permit fluid to collect near the extractor aperture 1746.
With reference to FIG. 42, in some embodiments the bag 1760 comprises an elastic material and can be substantially bulbous when in an unexpanded state. In certain embodiments, a distal portion 1761 of the bag 1760 is convexly rounded, and can be substantially hemispherical. In further embodiments, the bag 1760 comprises a substantially cylindrical portion 1762 that extends from the distal portion 1761. The bag 1760 can include a concavely rounded portion 1763 at a proximal end of the cylindrical portion 1762. In some embodiments, a radius of curvature of the distal portion 1761 of the bag 1760 is larger than a radius of curvature of the concavely rounded portion 1763. In further embodiments, the diameter of the cylindrical portion 1762 and an axial distance between a tip 1764 of the distal end 1761 and a proximal end 1765 of the concavely rounded portion 1763 are substantially proportional to the maximum diameter and the height, respectively, of a vial with which the adaptor 1700 is configured to be coupled.
In certain embodiments, the bag 1760 is configured to expand to fill a substantial volume of a vial with which the adaptor 1700 is coupled. In various embodiments, the substantial volume filled by the bag 1760 is at least about 40 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 60 percent, at least about 70 percent, or at least about 80 percent of the volume of the vial. In some embodiments, the bag 1760 is sized, shaped, and/or is sufficiently flexible to fill a substantial volume of a vial that has a capacity of at least about 10 milliliters, at least about 20 milliliters, or at least about 50 milliliters. In further embodiments, the bag 1760 is configured to fill a substantial volume of a vial that has a capacity of at least about 100 milliliters or at least about 200 milliliters. The bag 1760 can also be configured to fill other volumes.
In some embodiments, the bag 1760 comprises a lip 1766 or other region of increased thickness extending outward from a proximal portion of the bag 1760. The lip 1766 can be disposed around a periphery of a proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 and can aid in coupling the bag 1760 with the piercing member 1720, such as in a manner described below. In some configurations, the increased thickness of the lip 1766 can increase the amount of force necessary to radially expand the lip 1766, thus causing the lip 1766 to, in effect, grip more tightly a surface of an object positioned within it.
In some embodiments, the thickness of the bag 1760 varies from one portion to another. For example, in some embodiments, the distal portion 1761 of the bag 1760 is thinner and can be relatively stretchier or more compliant than the proximal region. The variations in thicknesses of the bag 1760 can encourage the distal portion 1761 of the bag 1760 to expand more than the proximal region, and can allow the proximal region to grip the piercing member 1720 more effectively.
With reference to FIG. 43A, in certain embodiments, the bag retainer 1770 defines a proximal portion 1771 and a distal portion 1772 having different thicknesses. Each of the respective thicknesses can be substantially uniform. In certain embodiments, the proximal portion 1771 has a thickness of no greater than about 20 thousandths of an inch, no greater than about 15 thousandths of an inch, or no greater than about 10 thousandths of an inch. In some embodiments, the thickness is about 10 thousandths of an inch. Other thicknesses are possible.
In some embodiments, each of the proximal and distal portions 1771, 1772 is substantially cylindrical. In further embodiments, an outer surface 1773 of the bag retainer 1770 is also substantially cylindrical. In some embodiments, the proximal portion 1771 is thinner than the distal portion 1772 such that the distal portion 1772 defines an inner shelf 1774. The inner shelf 1774 can aid in securing the bag 1760 to the piercing member 1720.
With reference to FIG. 43B, in some embodiments, the bag retainer 1770 comprises an outer surface 1773 that is curved along a longitudinal length thereof such that the thickness of the proximal and distal portions 1771, 1772 varies along the longitudinal length. In some embodiments, the bag retainer 1770 is thicker towards the longitudinal center thereof, which can provide the bag retainer 1770 with added strength. In many embodiments, the outer surface 1773 is substantially smooth, which can allow the bag retainer 1770 to pass through the septum of a vial relatively easily. The bag retainer 1770 can comprise a variety of materials, and in some embodiments, comprises polycarbonate plastic.
FIG. 44A illustrates an embodiment of the vial adaptor 1700 in an assembled state. As shown, in certain embodiments, the sleeve 1780 can retain the tip 1724 and the bag retainer 1770 in close proximity (e.g., adjacent) to each other. In some embodiments, the sleeve 1780 comprises an elastic material, which can be stretched radially outward about the tip 1724 and the bag retainer 1770. In many embodiments, the sleeve 1780 is forced toward the proximal end of the sheath 1722 and away from the tip 1724 and the bag retainer 1770 as the piercing member 1720 is advanced through the septum of a vial, which can permit the tip 1724 to separate from the bag retainer 1770 when the adaptor 1700 is coupled with the vial.
With reference to FIG. 44B, in certain embodiments, a portion of the bag 1760 is retained between the sheath 1722 and the bag retainer 1770. In some embodiments, the lip 1766 of the bag 1760 is held between the distal ledge 1725 of the sheath 1722 and the inner shelf 1774 of the bag retainer 1770. The distal ledge 1725 and the inner shelf 1774 can substantially prevent longitudinal movement of the bag 1760 relative to the sheath 1722. In further embodiments, a portion of the bag 1760 is retained between the distal portion 1772 of the bag retainer 1770 and the recessed surface 1723 of the sheath 1722.
In some embodiments, the sheath 1722 and the bag retainer 1770 retain the bag 1760 in substantially airtight engagement such that air entering the sheath from without a vial can expand the bag yet be prevented substantially from flowing into the contents of the vial. In some embodiments, the bag retainer 1770 is solvent-bonded to the sheath 1722 via ethylene dichloride or any other suitable manner.
In certain embodiments, a surface of the bag 1760, such as an interior surface 1768 of the bag 1760, is lubricated. The lubrication can facilitate placement of the bag 1760 within the sheath 1722, such as during assembly of the adaptor 1700, and/or can facilitate deployment of the bag 1760, such as when fluid is removed from a vial with which the adaptor 1700 is coupled. In certain embodiments, lubricant applied to the interior surface 1768 of the bag can reduce friction at an interface between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1722. In some embodiments, the lubricant can reduce friction at one or more interfaces between separate portions of the bag 1760, such as when the bag 1760 is doubled back within the sheath 1722. The bag 1760 can be lubricated in any suitable manner, such as those described above with respect to the bag 260. In certain embodiments, the bag 1760 is lubricated with fluoro silicone oil.
In some embodiments, the interior surface 1768 of the bag 1760 is textured. For example, the interior surface 1768 can be grooved or roughened, or it can include bumps, ridges, lines, or protrusions or indentations arranged, for example, in a regular array, in an irregular pattern, or substantially randomly. The texturing can resemble the finish of an article that has been exposed to bead blasting or sand blasting, e.g., a randomly spaced grouping of bumps and divots. In some embodiments, the textured surface 1768 reduces the surface area of the bag 1760 that is in contact with other portions of the bag 1760, such as when the bag 1760 is doubled back, folded, pleated, bunched, or otherwise positioned within the sheath 1722. Reducing the total surface area of the bag 1760 that contacts itself can improve the aging properties of the bag 1760, and can extend the shelf life of an assembled adaptor 1700. For example, some materials from which the bag 1760 can be manufactured tend to stick or bond to themselves over time, which can inhibit ready deployment of the bag 1760.
In some embodiments, a textured interior surface 1768 can inhibit lubricant from beading on the surface 1768. The textured surface 1768 thus can promote a relatively uniform distribution of the lubricant, thereby encouraging ready deployment of the bag 1760. In some embodiments, an exterior surface of the bag 1760 is textured, either in addition to or instead of texturing of the interior surface 1768.
In certain embodiments, the tip 1724 comprises a stem, stalk, or proximal extension 1790 such as the proximal extension 224 a described above. In some embodiments, the proximal extension 1790 tapers to progressively smaller transverse cross-sectional areas toward its proximal end. In some embodiments, the proximal extension 1790 comprises a substantially cylindrical portion 1792. The proximal extension 1790 can transition from the substantially cylindrical portion 1792 to a substantially frustoconical portion 1794, and in further embodiments, can transition to a substantially curved or rounded end 1796. Other arrangements are also possible. For example, in some embodiments, the proximal extension 1790 is substantially conical or substantially tubular, and in some embodiments, the proximal extension 1790 includes one or more of the substantially cylindrical portion 1792, the substantially frustoconical portion 1794, and the substantially rounded end 1796.
In certain embodiments, the proximal extension 1790 is configured to exert relatively little, if any, pressure on the bag 1760 within the sheath 1722, and can be relatively unlikely to puncture or tear the bag 1760. For example, in some embodiments, as the adaptor 1700 is advanced into a vial 200, the tip 1724 might tilt or rotate such that a longitudinal axis thereof is skewed relative to a longitudinal axis of the sheath 1722, which can cause the proximal extension 1790 to press the bag 1760 against the inner wall of the sheath 1722. In some embodiments, the proximal extension 1790 is sized and shaped such that a relatively large area thereof (as compared, e.g., with an edge or a point) contacts the bag 1760 when the tip 1724 is not axially aligned with the sheath 1722. For example, in some embodiments, the frustoconical portion 1794 provides a relatively large area for contacting the bag 1760 regardless of the direction in which the proximal extension 1790 is tilted or rotated relative to the sheath 1722.
With reference again to FIG. 40, in certain embodiments, a method of assembling the adaptor 1700 includes providing a housing member 1705 having a sheath 1722. In some embodiments, the method includes attaching a bag 1760 to the sheath 1722, and in further embodiments, to the distal end of the sheath 1722. The method can include inverting the bag 1760 and/or advancing a portion of the bag 1760 into the sheath 1722. In some embodiments, the method includes advancing a bag retainer 1770 over a portion of the bag 1760, which can thereby secure the bag 1760 to the sheath 1722. In some embodiments, the method includes advancing a portion of a tip 1724 inside the bag retainer 1770. The method can include placing or sliding a sleeve 1780 over at least a portion of the tip 1724 and at least a portion of the bag retainer 1770.
In some embodiments, a method for assembling the adaptor 1700 includes lubricating the bag 1760. For example, the method can include introducing or applying an amount of one or more of the lubricants listed above to an interior region of the bag 1760. In some embodiments, the lubricant is applied before the bag 1760 is secured to the sheath 1722. In other embodiments, the bag is secured to the sheath 1722 before the lubricant is introduced into the bag. For example, in some embodiments, lubricant can be inserted through the regulator aperture 1750 (see FIG. 41A) into the bag 1760.
In some instances, introducing lubricant after the bag 1760 is attached to the sheath 1722 can facilitate securing the bag 1760 to the sheath 1722. For example, in some embodiments, it can be difficult to selectively apply lubricant to the bag 1760 in a manner that avoids lubricating undesirable portions of the bag 1760, such as the proximal end thereof. In certain of such embodiments, lubricating the proximal end of the bag 1760 can cause the bag 1760 to slip relative to the sheath 1722, such as when the bag retainer 1770 is applied, and can inhibit or prevent creation of a seal between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1722. In some embodiments, by securing the bag 1760 to the sheath 1722 prior to introducing lubricant to the bag 1760, a substantially fluid-tight seal can be formed between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1722. In further embodiments, the seal thus formed can prevent the lubricant from advancing between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1722, and can thereby maintain a tight seal that can substantially prevent air from leaking into the vial 200, and substantially prevent fluid from leaking out of the vial 200, between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1722.
FIG. 45 illustrates an embodiment of a housing member 1805, such as the housing member 1705, which can be compatible with the adaptor 1700. In some embodiments, the housing member 1805 comprises a medical connector interface 1840, a cap connector 1830, and a sheath 1822.
In certain embodiments, the housing member 1805 defines a relatively large regulator aperture 1850. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the regulator aperture 1850 is defined by the medical connector interface 1840, which can include a recess 1880. The recess 1880 can comprise a groove or indentation that extends from a location distal of a proximal end 1882 of the interface 1840 to a distal end 1884 of the interface 1840. The recess 1880 can increase in width and depth toward the regulator aperture 1850.
In some embodiments, the regulator aperture 1850 and/or the recess 1880 facilitate assembly of the adaptor 1700. For example, in some embodiments, a bag 1760 is secured to the sheath 1822. Lubricant can then be introduced to the bag 1760 via the regulator aperture 1850. In some embodiments, the size of the regulator aperture 1850 is sufficiently large to receive an instrument 1886, such as a needle or a hollow tube, configured to introduce lubricant into the bag 1760. In further embodiments, the recess 1880 is sized and shaped to guide a tip of the instrument 1886 toward and, in still further embodiments, into the regulator aperture 1850. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, the recess 1880 is substantially shaped as a partial paraboloid that increases in size toward the regulator aperture 1850. A tip of the instrument 1886 contacting a proximal end of the recess 1880 thus can be smoothly directed distally and radially inward along a length of the medical connector interface 1840 toward the aperture 1850.
With continued reference to FIG. 45, in some embodiments, the proximal end 1882 of the medical connector interface 1840 is configured to receive a medical connector 241 (see, e.g., FIG. 40). In some embodiments, solvent is applied to one or more surfaces of the proximal end 1882 of the interface 1840 and/or one or more surfaces of the medical connector 241, and the medical connector 241 is pressed onto the interface 1840. In some embodiments, one or more of the interface 1840 and the portion of the medical connector 241 that is configured to receive the interface 1840 comprises plastic, such as polycarbonate plastic, that substantially liquefies upon application of the solvent.
In the illustrated embodiment, the interior and exterior surfaces of the proximal end 1882 of the medical connector interface 1840 are substantially smooth. In some instances, a relatively smooth proximal end 1882 can permit ready movement of the medical connector 241 relative to the interface 1840 as these components are being joined, which can reduce stresses in an assembled adaptor 1700. For example, in some embodiments, the medical connector 241 is placed on the medical connector interface 1840 after solvent has been applied to and has substantially liquefied a portion of the connector 241 and/or the proximal end 1882 of the interface 1840. As the connector 241 is forced distally onto the interface 1840, fluid pressure can arise that urges the connector 241 in a proximal direction. The connector 241 can thus naturally settle to a position that reduces or eliminates stresses at the junction of the connector 241 and the connector interface 1840 as the assembled components cure.
FIG. 46 illustrates another embodiment of the housing member 1805. In the illustrated embodiment, the proximal end 1882 of the medical connector interface 1840 includes one or more engagement members such as, for example, threads 1890. The threads 1890 can interface with complementary threading on the medical connector 241 to encourage a tight seal between the connector 241 and the connector interface 1840. In some embodiments, solvent is applied to one or more of the connector 241 and the connector interface 1840.
FIG. 47 illustrates an embodiment of a housing member 1905, such as the housing members 1705, 1805, which can be compatible with the adaptor 1700. In some embodiments, the housing member 1905 includes a sheath 1922 that defines a receiving space, such as a receptacle or cavity 1910. The sheath 1922 can include an outer wall 1930 and an inner rim 1932 that at least partially define the cavity 1910. In some embodiments, the outer wall 1930 and the inner rim 1932 are shaped substantially as concentric hollow cylinders. The cavity 1910 can be at a distal end of the sheath 1922, and in some embodiments, is substantially within the sheath 1922. The cavity 1910 can be adapted to receive at least a portion of the bag 1760, such as a proximal end 1767 thereof.
FIG. 48 illustrates an embodiment of the bag 1760 configured to couple with the sheath 1922. The proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 can be sized and shaped to be received within the cavity 1910. In some embodiments, an inner dimension (e.g., inner diameter) of the proximal end 1767 is slightly larger than an outer dimension (e.g., outer diameter) of the inner rim 1932, and the proximal end 1767 can be urged into the cavity 1910 without radially stretching the bag 1760. In other embodiments, the inner dimension of the proximal end 1767 is about the same or slightly less than the outer dimension of the inner rim 1932 and the proximal end 1767 is stretched radially outward in order to be placed over the inner rim 1932. An outer dimension of the proximal end 1767 can be slightly smaller than an inner dimension of the outer wall 1930 of the sheath 1922.
In some embodiments, the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 defines a substantially uniform thickness. In some embodiments, the bag 1760 is manufactured via dip molding that produces a lip 1766 (see FIG. 42) at the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760. Because the thickness of the lip 1766 can be difficult to control in some dip molding processes, the lip 1766 can be removed such that the thickness of the proximal end 1767 is more predictable or more controllable, which can facilitate insertion of the proximal end 1767 into the cavity 1910. In other embodiments, the bag 1760 can include the lip 1766.
The proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 can be adhered to the sheath 1922 to form a substantially fluid-tight seal therewith. In some embodiments, a quantity of adhesive, such as glue, is introduced into the cavity 1910. The adhesive can comprise a low viscosity fluid capable of flowing about the perimeter of the inner rim 1932, and can be capable of wicking in a distal direction along the outer surface of the inner rim 1932 and the inner surface of the outer wall 1930. A sufficient amount of adhesive can be applied to substantially cover a base portion of the cavity 1910. Any suitable adhesive may be used, including cyanoacrylate.
In some embodiments, the adhesive is configured to create a very rapid or virtually instantaneous bond between the bag 1760 and the sheath 1922 such that the bag 1760 cannot be repositioned once it has been adhered to the sheath 1922. For example, in some embodiments, when the bag 1760 comprises polyisoprene, the sheath 1922 comprises polycarbonate plastic, and the adhesive comprises cyanoacrylate, the bag 1760 can be adhered to the sheath 1922 upon contacting the adhesive.
In some embodiments, the cavity 1910 is sufficiently deep and/or the amount of adhesive used is sufficiently small that insertion of the bag 1760 into the cavity 1910 does not force any adhesive from the cavity 1910. Accordingly, a distal portion 1761 of the bag 1760 can be inserted into the sheath 1922 without being adhered to the sheath 1922, which can allow for ready deployment of the bag 1760.
In some embodiments, the bag 1760 can be attached to the sheath 1922 without a bag retainer 1770 (see FIG. 40), which can reduce the material costs of and/or the number of manufacturing steps for producing an adaptor 1700. In other embodiments, a bag retainer 1770 can be used with the sheath 1922. For example, the bag retainer 1770 can be sized and shaped to fit within the cavity 1910 in close engagement with the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760. In other embodiments, the bag retainer 1770 can be positioned within the bag 1760 and can provide an outwardly projecting force to create and/or maintain a substantially fluid-tight seal between the bag 1760 and the inner surface of the outer wall 1930.
With reference again to FIG. 47, in some embodiments, the sheath 1922 comprises a proximal section 1940 and a distal section 1942, as indicated by a dashed line in the illustrated example. The distal section 1942 can be manufactured separately from the proximal section 1940 and can be attached to a bag 1760 to form a sub-assembly. The sub-assembly may be independently tested to determine whether a substantially fluid-tight seal has been formed between the bag 1760 and the distal section 1942. An acceptable sub-assembly then can be attached to the proximal section 1940 of the sheath 1922 in any suitable manner, such as by ultrasonic welding. Providing a two-part sheath 1922 in this manner can reduce the material costs of producing an adaptor 1700 by permitting disposal of only a small portion of the sheath 1922, rather than disposal of a full housing member 1905, should attachment of a bag 1760 to the sheath 1922 fail to create a desired seal.
FIG. 49 illustrates an embodiment of a housing member 2005, such as the housing members 1705, 1805, 1905, which can be compatible with the adaptor 1700. The housing member 2005 includes a cap connector 2030 and a sheath 2022 that defines an extractor aperture 2046. In some embodiments, housing member 2005 is configured for use with relatively large vial 200. For example, the sheath 2022 can be relatively long, as discussed further below, and the cap connector 2030 can define a relatively large inner dimension (e.g., inner diameter) to accommodate a relatively large cap 214.
In some embodiments, it is desirable to space the bag 1760 sufficiently far from the underside of the cap 214, or sufficiently far from the extractor aperture 2046, to prevent fluid from becoming inaccessible to the extractor aperture 2046 as the bag 1760 expands. For example, in some embodiments, as fluid is removed from a vial 200, the bag 1760 can expand to contact a sidewall of the vial 200, and can form a substantially fluid-tight seal therewith. If the fluid-tight seal is created before a portion of liquid in the vial 200 has moved to a region proximal of the bag 1760, this portion of liquid can effectively be trapped in a distal region of the vial 200, thus becoming inaccessible to the extractor aperture 2046.
On the other hand, in some embodiments, it can be desirable to locate the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 sufficiently close to the underside of the cap 214, or sufficiently close to the extractor aperture 2046, that the sidewalls of the vial 200 do not significantly inhibit expansion of the bag 1760. For example, if the bag 1760 has expanded to contact the bottom and side walls of the vial 200 before all of the fluid in the vial 200 has been removed, it can be difficult for some embodiments of the bag 1760 to expand in a proximal direction as additional fluid is removed from the vial 200.
The foregoing factors can be considered or balanced in developing various embodiments of the adaptor 1700. In some embodiments, the sheath 2022 is configured to position the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 at about the longitudinal center of a vial 200 with which the adaptor 1700 is to be used. In other embodiments, the sheath 2022 is configured to space the proximal end 1767 of the bag 1760 from the underside of the cap 214 of the vial 200 by no less than about ¼, no less than about ⅓, or no less than about ½ the longitudinal distance between the underside of a cap 214 and a bottom wall of the vial 200. In various embodiments, a distance between the extractor aperture 2046 and a distal end of the sheath 2022 is greater than a minimum outer dimension (e.g., minimum outer diameter) of the proximal end of the sheath 2022 by a factor of no less than about: 1 4, 8, or 10.
Discussion of the various embodiments disclosed herein has generally followed the embodiments illustrated in the figures. However, the particular features, structures, or characteristics of any embodiments discussed herein may be combined in any suitable manner, as would be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art from this disclosure, in one or more separate embodiments not expressly illustrated or described.
Similarly, it should be appreciated that in the above description of embodiments, various features are sometimes grouped together in a single embodiment, figure, or description thereof for the purpose of streamlining the disclosure and aiding in the understanding of one or more of the various inventive aspects. This method of disclosure, however, is not to be interpreted as reflecting an intention that any claim require more features than are expressly recited in that claim. Moreover, any components, features, or steps illustrated and/or described in a particular embodiment herein can be applied to or used with any other embodiment(s). Thus, it is intended that the scope of the inventions herein disclosed should not be limited by the particular embodiments described above, but should be determined only by a fair reading of the claims that follow.

Claims (31)

What is claimed is:
1. A vial adaptor capable of removing medicinal fluid from a vial, the adaptor comprising:
a base having a cap connector configured to couple the adaptor with the vial;
a medical connector interface configured to couple the adaptor with a medical device;
a piercing member having a sheath extending from the base of the vial adaptor, the piercing member configured to be inserted into the vial when the adaptor is coupled with the vial; and
an extractor comprising a generally rounded aperture and a groove disposed along a sidewall of the sheath, wherein groove has an elongate dimension extending distally from the aperture, wherein the extractor is configured to provide a fluid passageway to an extractor channel extending between the extractor aperture and the medical connector interface, even if the extractor aperture is partially obstructed by a septum of the vial when the adaptor is coupled with the vial, wherein the aperture has a width that is greater than a width of the groove, and wherein the extractor is configured to permit medicinal fluid to be removed from the vial through the extractor while leaving no more than a minimal amount of medicinal fluid in the vial when the vial adaptor is coupled to the vial.
2. The adaptor of claim 1, wherein a housing portion comprises the cap connector, the medical connector interface, and the sheath.
3. The adaptor of claim 2, wherein the housing portion further comprises a regulator aperture configured to permit ambient air to pass therethrough as medicinal fluid is withdrawn from the vial, thereby equalizing the pressure within the vial when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
4. The adaptor of claim 1, wherein the medical device is capable of withdrawing medicinal fluid from the vial, such that the entire volume of medicinal fluid is transferred from the vial to the medical device when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
5. The adaptor of claim 1, wherein the aperture of the extractor is positioned near the septum when the adaptor is coupled with the vial, such that the adaptor is capable of removing medicinal fluid from the vial while leaving no more than a minimal amount of medicinal fluid in the vial.
6. The adaptor of claim 1, wherein a length of the extractor is between about 0.15 inches and about 0.30 inches when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
7. The adaptor of claim 1, wherein a width of the extractor is between about 0.01 inches and about 0.03 inches when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
8. The adaptor of claim 1, wherein a depth of the extractor is between about 0.02 inches and about 0.04 inches when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
9. The adaptor of claim 1, wherein an edge of the extractor is angled sufficiently sharply to prevent the septum from completely conforming to the shape of the extractor aperture when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
10. The adaptor of claim 1, wherein the depth of the extractor is sufficiently large to prevent the septum from completely conforming to the shape of the extractor aperture when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
11. The adaptor of claim 1, wherein a depth dimension of the groove follows a chord offset from a central axis of the piercing member.
12. A vial adaptor capable of removing medicinal fluid from a vial, the adaptor comprising:
a cap connector configured to couple the adaptor with the vial;
a sheath configured to be inserted into the vial when the adaptor is coupled with the vial;
a medical connector interface configured to couple the adaptor with a medical device; and
an extractor comprising an aperture and a groove disposed along a sidewall of the sheath, wherein the aperture and the groove are positioned and configured such that the adaptor is capable of removing medicinal fluid from two or more different vials while leaving no more than a minimal amount of medicinal fluid in the vials when the two or more different vials vary by size, by cap dimensions, or by size and cap dimensions, thereby affecting the position of the extractor aperture with respect to the septum when the adaptor is coupled with the vial, and wherein a depth dimension of the groove follows a chord offset from a central axis of the sheath.
13. The adaptor of claim 12, wherein the extractor comprises a groove having an elongate dimension extending distally from the aperture, such that the extractor is configured to maintain a fluid passageway to an extractor channel extending between the extractor and the medical connector interface, even if the extractor is partially obstructed a septum of the vial.
14. The adaptor of claim 12, wherein the extractor extends along a length of the sheath.
15. The adaptor of claim 12, wherein the extractor extends at an angle with respect to the length of the sheath.
16. The adaptor of claim 12, wherein the extractor is straight.
17. The adaptor of claim 12, wherein the extractor is curved.
18. The adaptor of claim 12, wherein the extractor is configured such that at least a portion of the extractor extends past a lower surface of the septum when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
19. The adaptor of claim 12, wherein the extractor extends into the sheath at an angle, thereby increasing a depth of the extractor.
20. The adaptor of claim 12, wherein the extractor is configured such that a fluid passageway remains between the septum and a volume of the extractor that is not filled in by the septum when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
21. The adaptor of claim 12, wherein the extractor is positioned within a region covering half of a distance from a base of the sheath to an end of the sheath.
22. The adaptor of claim 12, wherein the extractor is positioned within a region covering one-quarter of the distance from the base of the sheath to the end of the sheath.
23. The adaptor of claim 12, wherein the extractor is positioned within a region covering one-eighth of the distance from the base of the sheath to the end of the sheath.
24. A method of withdrawing medicinal fluid from a vial, the method comprising:
providing a vial adaptor for coupling with the vial, the adaptor comprising:
a cap connector configured to couple the adaptor with the vial,
a medical connector interface configured to couple the adaptor with a medical device,
a piercing member having a sheath extending from a base of the piercing member, the piercing member configured to be inserted into the vial when the adaptor is coupled with the vial, and
an extractor comprising a generally rounded aperture and a groove disposed along a sidewall of the sheath, the extractor configured to permit medicinal fluid to pass therethrough, wherein the aperture has a width that is greater than a width of the groove;
coupling the adaptor to the vial, such that the extractor is in fluid communication with an interior of the vial; and
withdrawing medicinal fluid from the vial while leaving no more than a minimal amount of medicinal fluid in the vial.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein the groove extends distally from the aperture, and wherein the groove is configured to provide a fluid passageway to the aperture even if the aperture is partially or completely obstructed by a septum of the vial when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
26. The method of claim 24, wherein withdrawing medicinal fluid comprises withdrawing a maximum amount of medicinal fluid.
27. The method of claim 24, wherein a housing portion comprises the cap connector, the medical connector interface, and the sheath.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the housing portion further comprises a regulator aperture configured to permit ambient air to pass therethrough as medicinal fluid is withdrawn from the vial, thereby equalizing the pressure within the vial when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
29. The method of claim 24, wherein the medical device is capable of withdrawing medicinal fluid from the vial, such that the entire volume of medicinal fluid is transferred from the vial to the medical device when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
30. The method of claim 24, wherein the aperture is positioned near the septum when the adaptor is coupled with the vial, such that the adaptor is capable of removing medicinal fluid from the vial while leaving no more than a minimal amount of medicinal fluid in the vial.
31. The method of claim 24, wherein the extractor is positioned and configured such that the adaptor is capable of removing medicinal fluid from two or more different vials while leaving no more than a minimal amount of medicinal fluid in the vials when the two or more different vials vary by size, by cap dimensions, or by size and cap dimensions, thereby affecting the position of the aperture with respect to the septum when the adaptor is coupled with the vial.
US13/273,156 2007-03-09 2011-10-13 Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from vials Active US8540692B2 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/273,156 US8540692B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2011-10-13 Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from vials
US14/032,936 US9107808B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2013-09-20 Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from a container

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US90594607P 2007-03-09 2007-03-09
US97700107P 2007-10-02 2007-10-02
US12/044,886 US7883499B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2008-03-07 Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure
US12/959,268 US8512307B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2010-12-02 Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure
US13/273,156 US8540692B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2011-10-13 Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from vials

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/959,268 Continuation US8512307B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2010-12-02 Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/032,936 Continuation US9107808B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2013-09-20 Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from a container

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20120035580A1 US20120035580A1 (en) 2012-02-09
US8540692B2 true US8540692B2 (en) 2013-09-24

Family

ID=39827611

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/044,886 Active 2028-10-22 US7883499B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2008-03-07 Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure
US12/959,268 Active 2028-07-06 US8512307B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2010-12-02 Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure
US13/273,156 Active US8540692B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2011-10-13 Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from vials
US14/032,936 Active US9107808B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2013-09-20 Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from a container

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/044,886 Active 2028-10-22 US7883499B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2008-03-07 Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure
US12/959,268 Active 2028-07-06 US8512307B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2010-12-02 Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/032,936 Active US9107808B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2013-09-20 Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from a container

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (4) US7883499B2 (en)

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8827977B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2014-09-09 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptors and methods for regulating pressure
US9089475B2 (en) 2013-01-23 2015-07-28 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US9107808B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2015-08-18 Icu Medical, Inc. Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from a container
US9132062B2 (en) 2011-08-18 2015-09-15 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US9351905B2 (en) 2008-08-20 2016-05-31 Icu Medical, Inc. Anti-reflux vial adaptors
US9610217B2 (en) 2012-03-22 2017-04-04 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US9615997B2 (en) 2013-01-23 2017-04-11 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US9750926B2 (en) 2010-05-17 2017-09-05 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connectors and methods of use
US9884176B2 (en) 2004-11-05 2018-02-06 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connector
US9987195B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2018-06-05 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors and methods
US10086188B2 (en) 2009-03-25 2018-10-02 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connectors and methods of use
US10201476B2 (en) 2014-06-20 2019-02-12 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US10292904B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2019-05-21 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US10406072B2 (en) 2013-07-19 2019-09-10 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating fluid transfer systems and methods
US11364372B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2022-06-21 Icu Medical, Inc. Check valve
US11559428B2 (en) 2013-05-03 2023-01-24 Clearside Biomedical, Inc. Apparatus and methods for ocular injection
US11571362B2 (en) 2018-01-04 2023-02-07 Elcam Medical A.C.A.L. Vial adaptor assembly for a closed fluid transfer system
US11744775B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2023-09-05 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial access devices and methods
US11752101B2 (en) 2006-02-22 2023-09-12 Clearside Biomedical, Inc. Ocular injector and methods for accessing suprachoroidal space of the eye
USD1003434S1 (en) 2010-03-23 2023-10-31 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connector seal

Families Citing this family (106)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
IL161660A0 (en) 2004-04-29 2004-09-27 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Liquid drug delivery device
GB2414402B (en) 2004-05-28 2009-04-22 Cilag Ag Int Injection device
GB2414775B (en) 2004-05-28 2008-05-21 Cilag Ag Int Releasable coupling and injection device
GB2414400B (en) * 2004-05-28 2009-01-14 Cilag Ag Int Injection device
GB2427826B (en) 2005-04-06 2010-08-25 Cilag Ag Int Injection device comprising a locking mechanism associated with integrally formed biasing means
GB2424836B (en) * 2005-04-06 2010-09-22 Cilag Ag Int Injection device (bayonet cap removal)
GB2425062B (en) 2005-04-06 2010-07-21 Cilag Ag Int Injection device
US7905868B2 (en) 2006-08-23 2011-03-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion medium delivery device and method with drive device for driving plunger in reservoir
JP2009504230A (en) 2005-08-11 2009-02-05 メディモップ・メディカル・プロジェクツ・リミテッド Liquid drug transfer device that snap-fits accurately and securely into pharmaceutical vials
DE602005018480D1 (en) 2005-08-30 2010-02-04 Cilag Gmbh Int Needle device for a prefilled syringe
US20110098656A1 (en) 2005-09-27 2011-04-28 Burnell Rosie L Auto-injection device with needle protecting cap having outer and inner sleeves
GB2438591B (en) 2006-06-01 2011-07-13 Cilag Gmbh Int Injection device
GB2438590B (en) * 2006-06-01 2011-02-09 Cilag Gmbh Int Injection device
GB2438593B (en) 2006-06-01 2011-03-30 Cilag Gmbh Int Injection device (cap removal feature)
IL182605A0 (en) 2007-04-17 2007-07-24 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Fluid control device with manually depressed actuator
US7963954B2 (en) * 2007-04-30 2011-06-21 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Automated filling systems and methods
CA2685474C (en) 2007-04-30 2014-07-08 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Reservoir filling, bubble management, and infusion medium delivery systems and methods with same
JP2010538744A (en) 2007-09-18 2010-12-16 メディモップ・メディカル・プロジェクツ・リミテッド Drug mixing injection device
US8414554B2 (en) 2008-05-14 2013-04-09 J & J Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for safe medicament transport
GB2461086B (en) 2008-06-19 2012-12-05 Cilag Gmbh Int Injection device
GB2461087B (en) 2008-06-19 2012-09-26 Cilag Gmbh Int Injection device
GB2461085B (en) 2008-06-19 2012-08-29 Cilag Gmbh Int Injection device
GB2461089B (en) * 2008-06-19 2012-09-19 Cilag Gmbh Int Injection device
GB2461084B (en) * 2008-06-19 2012-09-26 Cilag Gmbh Int Fluid transfer assembly
IL201323A0 (en) 2009-10-01 2010-05-31 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Fluid transfer device for assembling a vial with pre-attached female connector
IL202069A0 (en) 2009-11-12 2010-06-16 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Fluid transfer device with sealing arrangement
IL202070A0 (en) 2009-11-12 2010-06-16 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Inline liquid drug medical device
WO2011097177A2 (en) * 2010-02-02 2011-08-11 Diversey, Inc. Liquid dispensing container and method
DK2512398T3 (en) 2010-02-24 2014-10-13 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Liquid drug transfer device with vented ampoule adapter
WO2011104711A1 (en) 2010-02-24 2011-09-01 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Fluid transfer assembly with venting arrangement
US8671964B2 (en) 2010-04-05 2014-03-18 Daniel Py Aseptic connector with deflectable ring of concern and method
GB201005812D0 (en) * 2010-04-07 2010-05-26 Entpr Cradle The Ltd Connector system for medical fluid administration
NZ603808A (en) 2010-05-27 2014-10-31 J & J Solutions Inc Closed fluid transfer system
USD669980S1 (en) 2010-10-15 2012-10-30 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd. Vented vial adapter
IL209290A0 (en) 2010-11-14 2011-01-31 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Inline liquid drug medical device having rotary flow control member
US9011409B2 (en) * 2011-02-22 2015-04-21 Victor Camacho Non-coring fill needle
IL212420A0 (en) 2011-04-17 2011-06-30 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Liquid drug transfer assembly
WO2013047029A1 (en) * 2011-09-27 2013-04-04 テルモ株式会社 Medical container
IL215699A0 (en) 2011-10-11 2011-12-29 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Liquid drug reconstitution assemblage for use with iv bag and drug vial
USD737436S1 (en) 2012-02-13 2015-08-25 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd. Liquid drug reconstitution assembly
USD720451S1 (en) 2012-02-13 2014-12-30 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd. Liquid drug transfer assembly
USD674088S1 (en) 2012-02-13 2013-01-08 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd. Vial adapter
IL219065A0 (en) 2012-04-05 2012-07-31 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Fluid transfer device with manual operated cartridge release arrangement
IN2014DN09043A (en) 2012-04-17 2015-05-22 Institute Llc Dr Py
US10351271B2 (en) 2012-05-01 2019-07-16 Dr. Py Institute Llc Device for connecting or filling and method
US9989177B2 (en) 2012-05-01 2018-06-05 Dr. Py Institute Llc Device for connecting or filling and method
IL221635A0 (en) 2012-08-26 2012-12-31 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Drug vial mixing and transfer device for use with iv bag and drug vial
IL221634A0 (en) 2012-08-26 2012-12-31 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Universal drug vial adapter
US9339438B2 (en) 2012-09-13 2016-05-17 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd. Telescopic female drug vial adapter
USD734868S1 (en) 2012-11-27 2015-07-21 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd. Drug vial adapter with downwardly depending stopper
US11246742B2 (en) * 2013-01-11 2022-02-15 Somnics, Inc. (Taiwan) Oral device to eliminate air space in oral cavity
US9414990B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-08-16 Becton Dickinson and Company Ltd. Seal system for cannula
US10022301B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-07-17 Becton Dickinson and Company Ltd. Connection system for medical device components
IL225734A0 (en) 2013-04-14 2013-09-30 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Ready-to-use drug vial assemblages including drug vial and drug vial closure having fluid transfer member, and drug vial closure therefor
CN105228676B (en) 2013-05-10 2018-01-05 麦迪麦珀医疗工程有限公司 Include the medical treatment device of the vial adapter with inline dry kit
GB2517896B (en) 2013-06-11 2015-07-08 Cilag Gmbh Int Injection device
GB2515032A (en) 2013-06-11 2014-12-17 Cilag Gmbh Int Guide for an injection device
GB2515038A (en) 2013-06-11 2014-12-17 Cilag Gmbh Int Injection device
GB2515039B (en) 2013-06-11 2015-05-27 Cilag Gmbh Int Injection Device
MX371346B (en) 2013-08-02 2020-01-27 J&J Solutions Inc D/B/A Corvida Medical Compounding systems and methods for safe medicament transport.
USD765837S1 (en) 2013-08-07 2016-09-06 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd. Liquid transfer device with integral vial adapter
GB2533714B (en) 2013-08-07 2020-04-08 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Liquid transfer devices for use with infusion liquid containers
USD767124S1 (en) 2013-08-07 2016-09-20 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd. Liquid transfer device with integral vial adapter
ES2806132T3 (en) 2013-11-06 2021-02-16 Becton Dickinson & Co Ltd System for closed fluid transfer with a connector
JP6829071B2 (en) 2013-11-06 2021-02-10 ベクトン ディキンソン アンド カンパニー リミテッド Medical connector with locking engagement
CA2929476C (en) 2013-11-06 2019-01-22 Becton Dickinson and Company Limited System for closed transfer of fluids with a locking member
JP6397014B2 (en) 2013-11-06 2018-09-26 ベクトン ディキンソン アンド カンパニー リミテッド Connecting device for medical devices
US10207846B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-02-19 Kenneth Anthony Loritz Package with Luer fitting storage insert
WO2015161047A1 (en) 2014-04-16 2015-10-22 Becton Dickinson and Company Limited Fluid transfer device with axially and rotationally movable portion
EP3134054B1 (en) 2014-04-21 2021-03-17 Becton Dickinson and Company Limited Vial stabilizer base with connectable vial adapter
CN110787057B (en) 2014-04-21 2022-06-28 贝克顿迪金森有限公司 Fluid delivery apparatus and package therefor
EP4233827A3 (en) 2014-04-21 2023-11-01 Becton Dickinson and Company Limited System for closed transfer of fluids
CN111228117B (en) 2014-04-21 2024-01-12 贝克顿迪金森有限公司 Fluid transfer device and package therefor
BR122020009432B1 (en) 2014-04-21 2022-09-27 Becton Dickinson and Company Limited SYSTEM FOR CLOSED TRANSFER OF FLUIDS, MEMBRANE AND MEMBRANE ARRANGEMENT FOR USE THEREOF
CN106413662B (en) 2014-04-21 2019-03-12 贝克顿迪金森有限公司 The system with adapter of closed transportion for fluid
CN106413663B (en) 2014-04-21 2019-02-12 贝克顿迪金森有限公司 The syringe adapter being disengaged with compound motion
AU2015249921B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2017-11-09 Becton Dickinson and Company Limited Syringe adapter with disconnection feedback mechanism
US20160030293A1 (en) * 2014-07-30 2016-02-04 Covidien Lp Vented Connector for Feeding Syringe
USD757933S1 (en) 2014-09-11 2016-05-31 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd. Dual vial adapter assemblage
US10285907B2 (en) 2015-01-05 2019-05-14 West Pharma. Services IL, Ltd. Dual vial adapter assemblages with quick release drug vial adapter for ensuring correct usage
US10413662B2 (en) * 2015-05-14 2019-09-17 Carefusion 303, Inc. Priming apparatus and method
US10357429B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2019-07-23 West Pharma. Services IL, Ltd. Liquid drug transfer devices for secure telescopic snap fit on injection vials
US10888496B2 (en) 2015-09-17 2021-01-12 Corvida Medical, Inc. Medicament vial assembly
AU2016339958B2 (en) 2015-10-13 2021-03-18 J&J SOLUTIONS, INC. d/b/a Corvida Medical Automated compounding equipment for closed fluid transfer system
USD801522S1 (en) 2015-11-09 2017-10-31 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd. Fluid transfer assembly
WO2017090042A1 (en) 2015-11-25 2017-06-01 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Dual vial adapter assemblage including drug vial adapter with self-sealing access valve
US10596069B2 (en) * 2015-12-22 2020-03-24 Ethicon, Inc. Syringes with mixing chamber in a removable cap
EP3405231A4 (en) 2016-01-19 2019-10-16 Daniel Py Single use connectors
IL245803A0 (en) 2016-05-24 2016-08-31 West Pharma Services Il Ltd Dual vial adapter assemblages including vented drug vial adapter and vented liquid vial adapter
IL245800A0 (en) 2016-05-24 2016-08-31 West Pharma Services Il Ltd Dual vial adapter assemblages including identical twin vial adapters
IL246073A0 (en) 2016-06-06 2016-08-31 West Pharma Services Il Ltd Fluid transfer devices for use with drug pump cartridge having slidable driving plunger
IL247376A0 (en) 2016-08-21 2016-12-29 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Syringe assembly
ES2944575T3 (en) 2016-10-20 2023-06-22 Emd Millipore Corp Tube management and valve protection device
USD832430S1 (en) 2016-11-15 2018-10-30 West Pharma. Services IL, Ltd. Dual vial adapter assemblage
IL249408A0 (en) 2016-12-06 2017-03-30 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Liquid transfer device for use with infusion liquid container and pincers-like hand tool for use therewith for releasing intact drug vial therefrom
IL251458A0 (en) 2017-03-29 2017-06-29 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd User actuated liquid drug transfer devices for use in ready-to-use (rtu) liquid drug transfer assemblages
IL254802A0 (en) 2017-09-29 2017-12-31 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Dual vial adapter assemblages with twin vented female vial adapters
SG11202004232TA (en) 2017-11-10 2020-06-29 Simplivia Healthcare Ltd Vial adaptor with housing
USD903864S1 (en) 2018-06-20 2020-12-01 West Pharma. Services IL, Ltd. Medication mixing apparatus
JP1630477S (en) 2018-07-06 2019-05-07
USD923812S1 (en) 2019-01-16 2021-06-29 West Pharma. Services IL, Ltd. Medication mixing apparatus
JP1648075S (en) 2019-01-17 2019-12-16
CN112292107A (en) 2019-04-30 2021-01-29 西部制药服务有限公司(以色列) Fluid delivery device with dual lumen IV tip
AU2020316106A1 (en) * 2019-07-24 2022-02-03 Enable Injections, Inc. Medical fluid injection and transfer devices and method
USD956958S1 (en) 2020-07-13 2022-07-05 West Pharma. Services IL, Ltd. Liquid transfer device
NL2028804B1 (en) * 2021-07-22 2023-01-27 Inreda Diabetic B V Transport element for transporting a substance contained in a reservoir, infusion set comprising such a transport element, system for regulating the concentration of glucose in the blood of a person comprising such an infusion set, combination of a reservoir and such a transport element, infusion set or system, and method of at least fluidly connecting such a transport element to a reservoir

Citations (85)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2074223A (en) 1935-11-05 1937-03-16 Fred T Horiuchi Blood transfusion apparatus
US2409734A (en) 1941-09-20 1946-10-22 Swiss Firm Of G Laubscher & Co Instrument for blood transfusion
US2673013A (en) 1949-12-27 1954-03-23 Dwight H Hester Device for dispensing predetermined amounts of liquid from containers
US2973758A (en) 1956-12-27 1961-03-07 Invenex Pharmaceuticals Apparatus for manufacturing parenteral solutions
US2999500A (en) 1954-05-22 1961-09-12 Schurer Friedrich Container for taking and storing of biological fluids
US3291151A (en) 1963-11-06 1966-12-13 Selmer M Loken Fluid exchange system
USRE26488E (en) 1968-11-12 Dispensing container vcith compressed mass discharging means
US3584770A (en) 1969-01-28 1971-06-15 Philip Taylor Intravenous bottle having expandable inner receptacle
US3797521A (en) * 1972-08-02 1974-03-19 Sci Systems Inc Dispensing closure for parenteral fluid container
US3822700A (en) 1973-03-16 1974-07-09 M Pennington Intravenous solution dispenser
US3940003A (en) 1974-05-07 1976-02-24 Pharmaco, Inc. Safety cap for medicament vial having puncturable seal
US3980082A (en) 1975-03-14 1976-09-14 William Miller Venous pressure indicator
US4058121A (en) * 1976-06-29 1977-11-15 American Hospital Supply Corporation Vented needle for medical liquids
CA1037428A (en) 1973-07-05 1978-08-29 Ims Limited Hygenic fluid transfer device
US4240433A (en) 1977-07-22 1980-12-23 Bordow Richard A Fluid aspiration device and technique for reducing the risk of complications
US4301799A (en) 1979-10-29 1981-11-24 Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. Non-collapsible medical fluid container with air vent filter
GB2000685B (en) 1977-07-08 1982-03-10 Johnson & Johnson Vented filter assembly
US4349035A (en) 1978-03-14 1982-09-14 Johnson & Johnson Blood collection assembly with unidirectional flow valve
US4381776A (en) 1980-06-20 1983-05-03 Haemonetics Corporation Anticoagulant dispensing apparatus and method of use
US4564054A (en) 1983-03-03 1986-01-14 Bengt Gustavsson Fluid transfer system
US4576211A (en) 1984-02-24 1986-03-18 Farmitalia Carlo Erba S.P.A. Safety device for connection of a syringe with the mouth or opening of a bottle containing a drug or a small tube for drug delivery from the syringe
US4588403A (en) * 1984-06-01 1986-05-13 American Hospital Supply Corporation Vented syringe adapter assembly
US4600040A (en) 1983-03-21 1986-07-15 Naeslund Jan Ingemar Arrangement in apparatus for preparing solutions from harmful substances
US4645073A (en) 1985-04-02 1987-02-24 Survival Technology, Inc. Anti-contamination hazardous material package
US4673404A (en) 1983-05-20 1987-06-16 Bengt Gustavsson Pressure balancing device for sealed vessels
US4735608A (en) * 1986-05-14 1988-04-05 Del F. Kahan Apparatus for storing and reconstituting antibiotics with intravenous fluids
US4785859A (en) 1983-12-23 1988-11-22 Bengt Gustavsson Variable volume vessel having a rigid cover and a flexible part receivable into the cover
US4798578A (en) 1987-02-13 1989-01-17 Sherwood Medical Company Autotransfusion device
US4981464A (en) 1987-10-30 1991-01-01 Issei Suzuki Plug device for a transfusible fluid container
US5176673A (en) 1988-06-02 1993-01-05 Piero Marrucchi Method and device for manipulating and transferring products between confined volumes
US5405331A (en) 1992-07-29 1995-04-11 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company IV injection site and system
US5478337A (en) 1992-05-01 1995-12-26 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Factory, Inc. Medicine container
US5580351A (en) 1993-06-29 1996-12-03 Abbott Laboratories Pointed adapter for blunt entry device
US5660796A (en) 1991-09-19 1997-08-26 Kloehn Instruments, Ltd. Septum piercer and sample extractor for physiological specimens
US5685866A (en) 1991-12-18 1997-11-11 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical valve and method of use
US5700245A (en) 1995-07-13 1997-12-23 Winfield Medical Apparatus for the generation of gas pressure for controlled fluid delivery
US5725500A (en) 1995-06-02 1998-03-10 Eli Lilly And Company Containers for liquid medicaments
US5766147A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-06-16 Winfield Medical Vial adaptor for a liquid delivery device
US5772079A (en) 1995-05-17 1998-06-30 L'oreal Device for packaging and dispensing a liquid or semi-liquid substance
US5776125A (en) 1991-07-30 1998-07-07 Baxter International Inc. Needleless vial access device
US5803311A (en) 1994-05-19 1998-09-08 Ing. Erich Pfeiffer Gmbh & Co Kg Bottle closure for squeezing bottle
US5833213A (en) 1995-12-29 1998-11-10 Rymed Technologies, Inc. Multiple dose drug vial adapter for use with a vial having a pierceable septum and a needleless syringe
US5890610A (en) 1996-09-17 1999-04-06 Jansen; Hubert Vial connector assembly for a medicament container
US6071270A (en) 1997-12-04 2000-06-06 Baxter International Inc. Sliding reconstitution device with seal
US6139534A (en) 2000-01-24 2000-10-31 Bracco Diagnostics, Inc. Vial access adapter
US20020193777A1 (en) * 2000-10-17 2002-12-19 Antoine Aneas Device for connection between a vessel and a container and ready-to-use assembly comprising same
US20030070726A1 (en) 2001-10-11 2003-04-17 Kjell Andreasson Method and assembly for fluid transfer
US20030216695A1 (en) 2002-05-17 2003-11-20 Chang-Ming Yang Needle syringe
US20030229330A1 (en) * 2002-05-16 2003-12-11 Scott Laboratories, Inc. Drug container entry mechanisms and method
US6692478B1 (en) 1998-05-04 2004-02-17 Paradis Joseph R Swabbable needleless vial access
US6719719B2 (en) * 1998-11-13 2004-04-13 Elan Pharma International Limited Spike for liquid transfer device, liquid transfer device including spike, and method of transferring liquids using the same
US20040073169A1 (en) 2000-09-28 2004-04-15 Shai Amisar Constant pressure apparatus for the administration of fluids intravenously
US20040073189A1 (en) 2002-10-09 2004-04-15 Phil Wyatt Vial access transfer set
US20040215147A1 (en) 2000-08-10 2004-10-28 Goran Wessman Method and arrangenments in aseptic preparation
US20050131357A1 (en) 2003-12-16 2005-06-16 Denton Marshall T. Vial multi-access adapter
US20050203481A1 (en) 2004-03-10 2005-09-15 P2A Medical Perforating connector with sterile connection
US6989002B2 (en) 2002-10-21 2006-01-24 Industie Borla S.P.A. Flat filter for venting gas in intravenous medical lines
US7004926B2 (en) 2003-02-25 2006-02-28 Cleveland Clinic Foundation Apparatus and method for auto-retroperfusion of a coronary vein
US20060106360A1 (en) 2004-11-17 2006-05-18 Cindy Wong Multi-functional dispensing spike assembly
US20060149309A1 (en) 2004-12-30 2006-07-06 Paul Ram H Inverting occlusion devices, methods, and systems
US20060184103A1 (en) 2005-02-17 2006-08-17 West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. Syringe safety device
US20060184139A1 (en) 2005-02-11 2006-08-17 Quigley Karla W Pressure activated safety valve with improved flow characteristics and durability
US20070079894A1 (en) 2003-10-30 2007-04-12 Menachem Kraus Safety drug handling device
US7213702B2 (en) 2001-11-02 2007-05-08 Nipro Corporation Small bag-shaped drug container
US20070106244A1 (en) 2005-11-07 2007-05-10 Gilero, Llc Vented safe handling vial adapter
US20070156112A1 (en) * 2005-12-30 2007-07-05 Walsh Mary K Medical vial adapter with reduced diameter cannula and enlarged vent lumen
US7354427B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2008-04-08 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US20080169444A1 (en) 2007-01-17 2008-07-17 Industrie Borla S.P.A One-way valve for medical infusion lines and the like
US20080172024A1 (en) 2006-10-16 2008-07-17 Cardinal Health 303, Inc. Vented vial adapter with filter for aerosol retention
US20080172003A1 (en) 2006-10-18 2008-07-17 Michael Plishka Luer activated device
US20080311007A1 (en) 2007-06-13 2008-12-18 Elisabet Helmerson Pressure equalizing device, receptacle and method
US20080312634A1 (en) 2007-06-13 2008-12-18 Elisabet Helmerson Device for providing fluid to a receptacle
US7618408B2 (en) 2006-09-20 2009-11-17 Yandell Marion E Vial assembly and method for reducing nosocomial infections
US20100049157A1 (en) 2008-08-20 2010-02-25 Fangrow Thomas F Anti-reflux vial adaptors
US20100147402A1 (en) 2008-12-15 2010-06-17 Carmel Pharma Ab Connector Device
US20100179506A1 (en) 2009-01-15 2010-07-15 Eli Shemesh Vial adapter element
US7789871B1 (en) 2006-09-20 2010-09-07 Yandell Marion E Vial assembly and method for reducing nosocomial infections
US20100305548A1 (en) 2009-05-26 2010-12-02 Kraushaar Timothy Y Apparatus and methods for administration of reconstituted medicament
US7883499B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2011-02-08 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure
US7887528B2 (en) 2006-09-20 2011-02-15 Yandell Marion E Vial assembly and method for reducing nosocomial infections
US7900659B2 (en) 2006-12-19 2011-03-08 Carefusion 303, Inc. Pressure equalizing device for vial access
US8074964B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2011-12-13 Carefusion 303, Inc. Luer activated medical connector having a low priming volume
US8123736B2 (en) 2009-02-10 2012-02-28 Kraushaar Timothy Y Cap adapters for medicament vial and associated methods
US8162914B2 (en) 2009-02-10 2012-04-24 Kraushaar Timothy Y Cap adapters for medicament vial and associated methods
US20120179129A1 (en) 2009-12-04 2012-07-12 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Vial adapter

Family Cites Families (88)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2668533A (en) 1952-02-12 1954-02-09 Sterilon Corp Medical apparatus
US2852024A (en) 1954-07-26 1958-09-16 Abbott Lab Closure with integral drip tube
US2793758A (en) * 1956-03-28 1957-05-28 Lewell E Billingsley Mud and sand separator for well drilling
US2999499A (en) 1958-07-11 1961-09-12 Cutter Lab Flexible check valve
US3542240A (en) 1968-10-14 1970-11-24 Ida Solowey Partially assembled bulk parenteral solution container and adminstration set
US3557778A (en) 1968-11-18 1971-01-26 Elbert L Hughes Blood specimen collection assembly
US4143853A (en) 1977-07-14 1979-03-13 Metatech Corporation Valve for use with a catheter or the like
US4396016A (en) 1977-09-07 1983-08-02 Becker Karl E Intravenous solution flow regulator
US4334551A (en) 1979-04-30 1982-06-15 Becton Dickinson & Company Connector
US4253459A (en) 1979-11-19 1981-03-03 Aluminum Company Of America Additive transfer unit with stabilized sealing means
US4240833A (en) 1979-12-12 1980-12-23 The Carborundum Company Shrink-resistant refractory fiber and process for making same
US4376634A (en) 1980-05-30 1983-03-15 Mallinckrodt, Inc. Assay kit having syringe, dilution device and reagents within sealed container
US4410321A (en) 1982-04-06 1983-10-18 Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. Closed drug delivery system
US4534758A (en) 1983-07-15 1985-08-13 Eli Lilly & Company Controlled release infusion system
US4857068A (en) 1986-12-22 1989-08-15 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Universal spike for use with rigid and collapsible parenteral fluid dispensing container
US4730635A (en) 1987-08-19 1988-03-15 Hall Surgical Valve and method
US5006114A (en) 1990-04-20 1991-04-09 Rogers Bobby E Medical valve assembly
GB9012651D0 (en) * 1990-06-06 1990-07-25 Efamol Holdings Essential fatty acid treatment
US5169393A (en) 1990-09-04 1992-12-08 Robert Moorehead Two-way outdwelling slit valving of medical liquid flow through a cannula and methods
US5349984A (en) 1993-01-25 1994-09-27 Halkey-Roberts Corporation Check valve
JPH0666682U (en) 1993-03-04 1994-09-20 鐘紡株式会社 Needle
US5445630A (en) 1993-07-28 1995-08-29 Richmond; Frank M. Spike with luer fitting
IL114960A0 (en) 1995-03-20 1995-12-08 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd Flow control device
US5749394A (en) 1996-10-09 1998-05-12 Vernay Laboratories, Inc. Check valve including molded valve seat
SE513225C2 (en) 1998-12-03 2000-08-07 Carmel Pharma Ab Arrangement, procedure and gas container for sterile or aseptic handling
US6679290B2 (en) 2000-06-08 2004-01-20 Dixon Bayco Limited Swing check valve
US7044441B2 (en) 2001-08-10 2006-05-16 Cardinal Health 303, Inc. Valved male luer connector having sequential valve timing
US6875205B2 (en) * 2002-02-08 2005-04-05 Alaris Medical Systems, Inc. Vial adapter having a needle-free valve for use with vial closures of different sizes
EP1454609B1 (en) * 2003-03-05 2012-10-24 CSL Behring GmbH Transfer device
FR2863161B1 (en) * 2003-12-05 2006-09-01 Map France CAP FOR SAFETY PACKAGING FOR BOTTLES FOR MEDICAL USE
US6997916B2 (en) * 2004-01-02 2006-02-14 Smiths Medical Asd, Inc. Fluid transfer holder assembly and a method of fluid transfer
US7615041B2 (en) * 2004-07-29 2009-11-10 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Vial adaptor
JP4930772B2 (en) * 2004-08-04 2012-05-16 味の素株式会社 Communicating needle used to communicate two or more containers
WO2006128500A1 (en) 2004-12-23 2006-12-07 Bracco Research Sa Liquid transfer device for medical dispensing containers
US7862537B2 (en) 2005-02-14 2011-01-04 Medimop Medical Projects Ltd. Medical device for in situ liquid drug reconstitution in medicinal vessels
EP1942978B1 (en) 2005-09-14 2019-07-17 ACIST Medical Systems, Inc. Medical fluid injection system
US8109285B2 (en) 2005-11-08 2012-02-07 Raval A.C.S. Ltd. Roll over vent valve
EP1960034A1 (en) 2005-12-12 2008-08-27 GE Healthcare AS Spike-accommodating container holder
FR2898812B1 (en) 2006-03-24 2008-06-13 Technoflex Sa LUER CONNECTOR, MEDICAL CONNECTOR AND TRANSFER SET COMPRISING SUCH A CONNECTOR
US7703486B2 (en) 2006-06-06 2010-04-27 Cardinal Health 414, Inc. Method and apparatus for the handling of a radiopharmaceutical fluid
CA2655804C (en) 2006-06-19 2014-06-10 Nipro Corporation Drug solution preparing kit
CA2564061A1 (en) 2006-10-16 2008-04-16 Duoject Medical Systems Inc. Reconstitution system for mixing the contents of a vial containing a first substance with a second substance stored in a cartridge
DE102007005407A1 (en) 2007-02-03 2008-08-07 Fresenius Kabi Deutschland Gmbh Cap for a container for holding medical fluids and container for receiving medical fluids
CN101686896B (en) 2007-04-23 2014-07-09 普拉斯特米德有限公司 Method and apparatus for contamination-free transfer of a hazardous drug
US8216207B2 (en) 2007-08-01 2012-07-10 Hospira, Inc. Medicament admixing system
CA2704933A1 (en) 2007-08-21 2009-02-26 Yukon Medical, Llc Vial access and injection system
US10398834B2 (en) 2007-08-30 2019-09-03 Carmel Pharma Ab Device, sealing member and fluid container
US8870832B2 (en) 2007-11-08 2014-10-28 Elcam Medical A.C.A.L Ltd Vial adaptor and manufacturing method therefor
FR2928539B1 (en) 2008-03-12 2012-02-24 Vygon INTERFACING DEVICE FOR PERFORATING BOTTLES FOR THE PREPARATION OF PERFUME FLUIDS
US7981089B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2011-07-19 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Vial access device
CA2720233A1 (en) 2008-04-01 2009-12-03 Yukon Medical, Llc Dual container fluid transfer device
US8414554B2 (en) 2008-05-14 2013-04-09 J & J Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for safe medicament transport
CA2780712A1 (en) 2008-11-12 2010-05-20 British Columbia Cancer Agency Branch Vial handling and injection safety systems and connectors
CN102196798B (en) 2008-11-25 2014-04-09 株式会社Jms Connector
WO2010061743A1 (en) 2008-11-25 2010-06-03 株式会社ジェイ・エム・エス Connector
US20100160889A1 (en) 2008-12-22 2010-06-24 Baxter International Inc. Vial access spike assembly
WO2010093581A2 (en) 2009-02-10 2010-08-19 Kraushaar, Timothy, Y. Cap adapters for medicament vial and associated methods
US8864725B2 (en) 2009-03-17 2014-10-21 Baxter Corporation Englewood Hazardous drug handling system, apparatus and method
JP5685579B2 (en) 2009-04-14 2015-03-18 ユーコン・メディカル,リミテッド・ライアビリティ・カンパニー Fluid transfer device
WO2010129583A1 (en) 2009-05-04 2010-11-11 Valeritas, Inc. Fluid transfer device
IT1394343B1 (en) 2009-06-15 2012-06-06 Borla Ind DEVICE FOR THE CONTROLLED ADMINISTRATION OF A LIQUID WITH A MEDICAL FLOW LINE
MX337978B (en) 2009-07-01 2016-03-29 Fresenius Med Care Hldg Inc Drug delivery devices and related systems and methods.
JP5333850B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2013-11-06 ニプロ株式会社 Connecting device
CA3068441C (en) 2009-07-29 2024-01-09 Icu Medical, Inc. Fluid transfer devices and methods of use
US20110184382A1 (en) 2009-08-20 2011-07-28 Cady Timothy B Multi-purpose articles for sanitizing and capping luer access valves
US8281807B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2012-10-09 Medrad, Inc. Fluid path connectors and container spikes for fluid delivery
US8480646B2 (en) 2009-11-20 2013-07-09 Carmel Pharma Ab Medical device connector
EP2386324A1 (en) 2010-05-14 2011-11-16 Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH Tubing set having an improved gate for the connection of vials
US8162013B2 (en) 2010-05-21 2012-04-24 Tobias Rosenquist Connectors for fluid containers
US20120078215A1 (en) 2010-09-28 2012-03-29 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Two-piece vial transfer needle assembly
US20120078214A1 (en) 2010-09-28 2012-03-29 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Vial transfer needle assembly
EP2465558A1 (en) 2010-12-17 2012-06-20 Weibel CDS AG Device for removing a liquid from a container
US20120157964A1 (en) 2010-12-21 2012-06-21 Haimi Shlomo Uri Device and method for the delivery of medicinal liquid directly from a small bottle (vial)
US8740862B2 (en) 2011-02-23 2014-06-03 Hanvit Md Co., Ltd. Infusion flow regulator, infusion flow regulating set, and infusion flow regulating method
EP2744469B1 (en) 2011-08-18 2022-10-19 ICU Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
ES2615823T3 (en) 2012-01-13 2017-06-08 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure regulator vial adapters and methods
US9822891B2 (en) 2012-03-01 2017-11-21 Becton Dickinson and Company Limited Pressure equalizing device and receptacle
WO2013142618A1 (en) 2012-03-22 2013-09-26 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US9144646B2 (en) 2012-04-25 2015-09-29 Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. Vial spiking devices and related assemblies and methods
ES2596519T3 (en) 2012-07-13 2017-01-10 Becton, Dickinson And Company Ltd. Access device to a medical vial with pressure equalization system and closed medication transfer and method of use thereof
US20140124087A1 (en) 2012-11-08 2014-05-08 Nordson Corporation Fluid delivery assemblies for withdrawing biomaterial fluid from a vial and for dispensing the biomaterial fluid, fluid control devices therefor, and related methods
US9089475B2 (en) 2013-01-23 2015-07-28 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
TR201810164T4 (en) 2013-02-07 2018-08-27 Equashield Medical Ltd Advances in closed drug delivery system.
US9345642B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-05-24 Pharmajet, Inc. Vial adapter for a needle-free syringe
US9211231B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-12-15 Carefusion 303, Inc. Vial adapter for side engagement of vial cap
US9237986B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-01-19 Carefusion 303, Inc. Vial access cap and syringe with gravity-assisted valve
US10022301B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-07-17 Becton Dickinson and Company Ltd. Connection system for medical device components
IL226281A (en) 2013-05-09 2017-01-31 Kriheli Marino Needle valve and connectors for use in liquid transfer apparatuses

Patent Citations (114)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
USRE26488E (en) 1968-11-12 Dispensing container vcith compressed mass discharging means
US2074223A (en) 1935-11-05 1937-03-16 Fred T Horiuchi Blood transfusion apparatus
US2409734A (en) 1941-09-20 1946-10-22 Swiss Firm Of G Laubscher & Co Instrument for blood transfusion
US2673013A (en) 1949-12-27 1954-03-23 Dwight H Hester Device for dispensing predetermined amounts of liquid from containers
US2999500A (en) 1954-05-22 1961-09-12 Schurer Friedrich Container for taking and storing of biological fluids
US2973758A (en) 1956-12-27 1961-03-07 Invenex Pharmaceuticals Apparatus for manufacturing parenteral solutions
US3291151A (en) 1963-11-06 1966-12-13 Selmer M Loken Fluid exchange system
US3584770A (en) 1969-01-28 1971-06-15 Philip Taylor Intravenous bottle having expandable inner receptacle
US3797521A (en) * 1972-08-02 1974-03-19 Sci Systems Inc Dispensing closure for parenteral fluid container
US3822700A (en) 1973-03-16 1974-07-09 M Pennington Intravenous solution dispenser
CA1037428A (en) 1973-07-05 1978-08-29 Ims Limited Hygenic fluid transfer device
US3940003A (en) 1974-05-07 1976-02-24 Pharmaco, Inc. Safety cap for medicament vial having puncturable seal
US3980082A (en) 1975-03-14 1976-09-14 William Miller Venous pressure indicator
US4058121A (en) * 1976-06-29 1977-11-15 American Hospital Supply Corporation Vented needle for medical liquids
GB2000685B (en) 1977-07-08 1982-03-10 Johnson & Johnson Vented filter assembly
US4240433A (en) 1977-07-22 1980-12-23 Bordow Richard A Fluid aspiration device and technique for reducing the risk of complications
US4349035A (en) 1978-03-14 1982-09-14 Johnson & Johnson Blood collection assembly with unidirectional flow valve
US4301799A (en) 1979-10-29 1981-11-24 Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. Non-collapsible medical fluid container with air vent filter
US4381776A (en) 1980-06-20 1983-05-03 Haemonetics Corporation Anticoagulant dispensing apparatus and method of use
US4564054A (en) 1983-03-03 1986-01-14 Bengt Gustavsson Fluid transfer system
US4600040A (en) 1983-03-21 1986-07-15 Naeslund Jan Ingemar Arrangement in apparatus for preparing solutions from harmful substances
US4673404A (en) 1983-05-20 1987-06-16 Bengt Gustavsson Pressure balancing device for sealed vessels
US4785859A (en) 1983-12-23 1988-11-22 Bengt Gustavsson Variable volume vessel having a rigid cover and a flexible part receivable into the cover
US4576211A (en) 1984-02-24 1986-03-18 Farmitalia Carlo Erba S.P.A. Safety device for connection of a syringe with the mouth or opening of a bottle containing a drug or a small tube for drug delivery from the syringe
US4588403A (en) * 1984-06-01 1986-05-13 American Hospital Supply Corporation Vented syringe adapter assembly
US4645073A (en) 1985-04-02 1987-02-24 Survival Technology, Inc. Anti-contamination hazardous material package
US4735608A (en) * 1986-05-14 1988-04-05 Del F. Kahan Apparatus for storing and reconstituting antibiotics with intravenous fluids
US4798578A (en) 1987-02-13 1989-01-17 Sherwood Medical Company Autotransfusion device
US4981464A (en) 1987-10-30 1991-01-01 Issei Suzuki Plug device for a transfusible fluid container
US5176673A (en) 1988-06-02 1993-01-05 Piero Marrucchi Method and device for manipulating and transferring products between confined volumes
US5776125A (en) 1991-07-30 1998-07-07 Baxter International Inc. Needleless vial access device
US5660796A (en) 1991-09-19 1997-08-26 Kloehn Instruments, Ltd. Septum piercer and sample extractor for physiological specimens
US5685866A (en) 1991-12-18 1997-11-11 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical valve and method of use
US5478337A (en) 1992-05-01 1995-12-26 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Factory, Inc. Medicine container
US5405331A (en) 1992-07-29 1995-04-11 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company IV injection site and system
US5580351A (en) 1993-06-29 1996-12-03 Abbott Laboratories Pointed adapter for blunt entry device
US5803311A (en) 1994-05-19 1998-09-08 Ing. Erich Pfeiffer Gmbh & Co Kg Bottle closure for squeezing bottle
US5772079A (en) 1995-05-17 1998-06-30 L'oreal Device for packaging and dispensing a liquid or semi-liquid substance
US5725500A (en) 1995-06-02 1998-03-10 Eli Lilly And Company Containers for liquid medicaments
US5766147A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-06-16 Winfield Medical Vial adaptor for a liquid delivery device
US5700245A (en) 1995-07-13 1997-12-23 Winfield Medical Apparatus for the generation of gas pressure for controlled fluid delivery
US5833213A (en) 1995-12-29 1998-11-10 Rymed Technologies, Inc. Multiple dose drug vial adapter for use with a vial having a pierceable septum and a needleless syringe
US5890610A (en) 1996-09-17 1999-04-06 Jansen; Hubert Vial connector assembly for a medicament container
US6071270A (en) 1997-12-04 2000-06-06 Baxter International Inc. Sliding reconstitution device with seal
US6692478B1 (en) 1998-05-04 2004-02-17 Paradis Joseph R Swabbable needleless vial access
US6719719B2 (en) * 1998-11-13 2004-04-13 Elan Pharma International Limited Spike for liquid transfer device, liquid transfer device including spike, and method of transferring liquids using the same
US6139534A (en) 2000-01-24 2000-10-31 Bracco Diagnostics, Inc. Vial access adapter
US20040215147A1 (en) 2000-08-10 2004-10-28 Goran Wessman Method and arrangenments in aseptic preparation
US20040073169A1 (en) 2000-09-28 2004-04-15 Shai Amisar Constant pressure apparatus for the administration of fluids intravenously
US20020193777A1 (en) * 2000-10-17 2002-12-19 Antoine Aneas Device for connection between a vessel and a container and ready-to-use assembly comprising same
US20030070726A1 (en) 2001-10-11 2003-04-17 Kjell Andreasson Method and assembly for fluid transfer
US6715520B2 (en) 2001-10-11 2004-04-06 Carmel Pharma Ab Method and assembly for fluid transfer
US7213702B2 (en) 2001-11-02 2007-05-08 Nipro Corporation Small bag-shaped drug container
US20030229330A1 (en) * 2002-05-16 2003-12-11 Scott Laboratories, Inc. Drug container entry mechanisms and method
US20030216695A1 (en) 2002-05-17 2003-11-20 Chang-Ming Yang Needle syringe
US20040073189A1 (en) 2002-10-09 2004-04-15 Phil Wyatt Vial access transfer set
US6989002B2 (en) 2002-10-21 2006-01-24 Industie Borla S.P.A. Flat filter for venting gas in intravenous medical lines
US7004926B2 (en) 2003-02-25 2006-02-28 Cleveland Clinic Foundation Apparatus and method for auto-retroperfusion of a coronary vein
US20070079894A1 (en) 2003-10-30 2007-04-12 Menachem Kraus Safety drug handling device
US20050131357A1 (en) 2003-12-16 2005-06-16 Denton Marshall T. Vial multi-access adapter
US20050203481A1 (en) 2004-03-10 2005-09-15 P2A Medical Perforating connector with sterile connection
US20060106360A1 (en) 2004-11-17 2006-05-18 Cindy Wong Multi-functional dispensing spike assembly
US20060149309A1 (en) 2004-12-30 2006-07-06 Paul Ram H Inverting occlusion devices, methods, and systems
US20060184139A1 (en) 2005-02-11 2006-08-17 Quigley Karla W Pressure activated safety valve with improved flow characteristics and durability
US20060184103A1 (en) 2005-02-17 2006-08-17 West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. Syringe safety device
US20070106244A1 (en) 2005-11-07 2007-05-10 Gilero, Llc Vented safe handling vial adapter
US7743799B2 (en) 2005-11-07 2010-06-29 Industrie Borta S.p.A. Vented safe handling vial adapter
US20070156112A1 (en) * 2005-12-30 2007-07-05 Walsh Mary K Medical vial adapter with reduced diameter cannula and enlarged vent lumen
US7981101B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2011-07-19 Carefusion 303, Inc. Medical vial adapter with reduced diameter cannula and enlarged vent lumen
US20100137827A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2010-06-03 Warren Dee E Vial adaptors and methods for withdrawing fluid from a vial
US20120165779A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2012-06-28 Seifert John M Air-filtering vial adaptors and methods
US20120330269A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2012-12-27 Fangrow Thomas F Vial adaptors for regulating pressure
US20120296306A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2012-11-22 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors and methods
US7507227B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2009-03-24 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US7510547B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2009-03-31 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US7510548B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2009-03-31 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US7513895B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2009-04-07 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US7534238B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2009-05-19 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US7547300B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2009-06-16 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US7569043B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2009-08-04 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US20120022493A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2012-01-26 Warren Dee E Pressure-regulating vial adaptors and methods
US7645271B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2010-01-12 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US7654995B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2010-02-02 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US7658733B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2010-02-09 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial for regulating pressure
US20110257621A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2011-10-20 Fangrow Thomas F Methods and apparatus for diluting medicinal substances
US20100049159A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2010-02-25 Fangrow Thomas F Vial adaptors and methods for regulating pressure
US20110190723A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2011-08-04 Fangrow Thomas F Pressure-regulating vials and containers
US20120157960A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2012-06-21 Fangrow Thomas F Locking vial adaptors and methods
US7354427B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2008-04-08 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US20120065610A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2012-03-15 Seifert John M Pressure-regulating vial adaptors and methods
US7972321B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2011-07-05 Icu Medical, Inc Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US20120065609A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2012-03-15 Seifert John M Vial adaptors and methods for regulating pressure
US20120046637A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2012-02-23 Fangrow Thomas F Vial adaptors and methods for regulating pressure
US7887528B2 (en) 2006-09-20 2011-02-15 Yandell Marion E Vial assembly and method for reducing nosocomial infections
US7789871B1 (en) 2006-09-20 2010-09-07 Yandell Marion E Vial assembly and method for reducing nosocomial infections
US7618408B2 (en) 2006-09-20 2009-11-17 Yandell Marion E Vial assembly and method for reducing nosocomial infections
US20080172024A1 (en) 2006-10-16 2008-07-17 Cardinal Health 303, Inc. Vented vial adapter with filter for aerosol retention
US20080172003A1 (en) 2006-10-18 2008-07-17 Michael Plishka Luer activated device
US7900659B2 (en) 2006-12-19 2011-03-08 Carefusion 303, Inc. Pressure equalizing device for vial access
US20080169444A1 (en) 2007-01-17 2008-07-17 Industrie Borla S.P.A One-way valve for medical infusion lines and the like
US7883499B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2011-02-08 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure
US20120035580A1 (en) 2007-03-09 2012-02-09 Fangrow Thomas F Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure
US20110073249A1 (en) 2007-03-09 2011-03-31 Fangrow Thomas F Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure
US20080312634A1 (en) 2007-06-13 2008-12-18 Elisabet Helmerson Device for providing fluid to a receptacle
US8029747B2 (en) 2007-06-13 2011-10-04 Carmel Pharma Ab Pressure equalizing device, receptacle and method
US20080311007A1 (en) 2007-06-13 2008-12-18 Elisabet Helmerson Pressure equalizing device, receptacle and method
US20100049157A1 (en) 2008-08-20 2010-02-25 Fangrow Thomas F Anti-reflux vial adaptors
US8074964B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2011-12-13 Carefusion 303, Inc. Luer activated medical connector having a low priming volume
US20100147402A1 (en) 2008-12-15 2010-06-17 Carmel Pharma Ab Connector Device
US20100179506A1 (en) 2009-01-15 2010-07-15 Eli Shemesh Vial adapter element
US8162914B2 (en) 2009-02-10 2012-04-24 Kraushaar Timothy Y Cap adapters for medicament vial and associated methods
US8123736B2 (en) 2009-02-10 2012-02-28 Kraushaar Timothy Y Cap adapters for medicament vial and associated methods
US20100305548A1 (en) 2009-05-26 2010-12-02 Kraushaar Timothy Y Apparatus and methods for administration of reconstituted medicament
US20120179129A1 (en) 2009-12-04 2012-07-12 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Vial adapter

Non-Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Protection Safety Products," IV Sets and Access Devices, Chemo-AIDE Dispensing Pin, Dec. 2002, pp. 7,21, Baxter Healthcare Corporation, Round Lake, IL.
International Preliminary Report on Patentability dated Feb. 22, 2011, Application No. PCT/US2009/054217, filed Aug. 18, 2009.
International Preliminary Report on Patentability dated Oct. 23, 2008, Application No. PCT/US2007/008809, filed Apr. 4, 2007.
International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Jan. 16, 2008, Application No. PCT/US2007/008809, filed Apr. 4, 2007.
International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Nov. 27, 2009, Application No. PCT/US2009/054217, filed Aug. 18, 2009.
Invitation to Pay Additional Fees and Communication Relating to the Results of the Partial International Search dated Nov. 6, 2007, Application No. PCT/US2007/008809, filed Apr. 4, 2007.
OnGuard Contained Medication System with Tevadaptor Components, B. Braun Medical, Inc., Apr. 2007.
PHASEAL, How to Use PhaSeal®, http://www.phaseal.com/siteUS/movies.asp?main=filmsmain&right=filmsright, dated Jul. 25, 2005.
PHASEAL, The PhaSeal® Solution, http://www.phaseal.com/siteUS/page.asp?menuitem=145&right=0, dated Jan. 9, 2006.

Cited By (65)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11883623B2 (en) 2004-11-05 2024-01-30 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connector
US10722698B2 (en) 2004-11-05 2020-07-28 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connector
US9884176B2 (en) 2004-11-05 2018-02-06 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connector
US11752101B2 (en) 2006-02-22 2023-09-12 Clearside Biomedical, Inc. Ocular injector and methods for accessing suprachoroidal space of the eye
US8827977B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2014-09-09 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptors and methods for regulating pressure
US9662272B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2017-05-30 Icu Medical, Inc. Devices and methods for transferring fluid to or from a vial
US9005179B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2015-04-14 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating apparatus for withdrawing medicinal fluid from a vial
US9060921B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2015-06-23 Icu Medical, Inc. Air-filtering vial adaptors and methods
US9072657B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2015-07-07 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors and methods
US10327992B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2019-06-25 Icu Medical, Inc. Fluid transfer apparatus with pressure regulation
US8882738B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2014-11-11 Icu Medical, Inc. Locking vial adaptors and methods
US8992501B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2015-03-31 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors and methods
US10492993B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2019-12-03 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial access devices and methods
US10327989B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2019-06-25 Icu Medical, Inc. Devices and methods for transferring fluid to or from a vial
US8974433B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2015-03-10 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vials and containers
US10071020B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2018-09-11 Icu Medical, Inc. Devices for transferring fluid to or from a vial
US10327993B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2019-06-25 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial access devices
US11696871B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2023-07-11 Icu Medical, Inc. Devices for accessing medicinal fluid from a container
US8945084B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2015-02-03 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors and methods
US9005180B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2015-04-14 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptors and methods for regulating pressure
US10327991B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2019-06-25 Icu Medical, Inc. Fluid transfer apparatus with filtered air input
US11013664B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2021-05-25 Icu Medical, Inc. Devices for transferring fluid to or from a vial
US9993390B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2018-06-12 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors and methods
US9993391B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2018-06-12 Icu Medical, Inc. Devices and methods for transferring medicinal fluid to or from a container
US10022302B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2018-07-17 Icu Medical, Inc. Devices for transferring medicinal fluids to or from a container
US9107808B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2015-08-18 Icu Medical, Inc. Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from a container
US9931275B2 (en) 2008-08-20 2018-04-03 Icu Medical, Inc. Anti-reflux vial adaptors
US9351905B2 (en) 2008-08-20 2016-05-31 Icu Medical, Inc. Anti-reflux vial adaptors
US11376411B2 (en) 2009-03-25 2022-07-05 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connectors and methods of use
US10799692B2 (en) 2009-03-25 2020-10-13 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connectors and methods of use
US10391293B2 (en) 2009-03-25 2019-08-27 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connectors and methods of use
US10086188B2 (en) 2009-03-25 2018-10-02 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connectors and methods of use
US11896795B2 (en) 2009-03-25 2024-02-13 Icu Medical, Inc Medical connector having elongated portion within closely conforming seal collar
USD1003434S1 (en) 2010-03-23 2023-10-31 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connector seal
US9750926B2 (en) 2010-05-17 2017-09-05 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connectors and methods of use
US10195413B2 (en) 2010-05-17 2019-02-05 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connectors and methods of use
US11071852B2 (en) 2010-05-17 2021-07-27 Icu Medical, Inc. Medical connectors and methods of use
US9895291B2 (en) 2011-08-18 2018-02-20 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US11672734B2 (en) 2011-08-18 2023-06-13 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US10688022B2 (en) 2011-08-18 2020-06-23 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US9132062B2 (en) 2011-08-18 2015-09-15 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US11129773B2 (en) 2011-08-18 2021-09-28 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US9987195B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2018-06-05 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors and methods
US9610217B2 (en) 2012-03-22 2017-04-04 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US11654086B2 (en) 2012-03-22 2023-05-23 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US10299989B2 (en) 2012-03-22 2019-05-28 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US10918573B2 (en) 2012-03-22 2021-02-16 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US11185471B2 (en) 2012-03-22 2021-11-30 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US10806672B2 (en) 2013-01-23 2020-10-20 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US10117807B2 (en) 2013-01-23 2018-11-06 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating devices for transferring medicinal fluid
US9089475B2 (en) 2013-01-23 2015-07-28 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US11857499B2 (en) 2013-01-23 2024-01-02 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US9615997B2 (en) 2013-01-23 2017-04-11 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US9763855B2 (en) 2013-01-23 2017-09-19 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US11559428B2 (en) 2013-05-03 2023-01-24 Clearside Biomedical, Inc. Apparatus and methods for ocular injection
US10406072B2 (en) 2013-07-19 2019-09-10 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating fluid transfer systems and methods
US11648181B2 (en) 2013-07-19 2023-05-16 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating fluid transfer systems and methods
US11504302B2 (en) 2013-07-19 2022-11-22 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating fluid transfer systems and methods
US11364372B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2022-06-21 Icu Medical, Inc. Check valve
US10201476B2 (en) 2014-06-20 2019-02-12 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US10987277B2 (en) 2014-06-20 2021-04-27 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US11529289B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2022-12-20 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US10292904B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2019-05-21 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial adaptors
US11744775B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2023-09-05 Icu Medical, Inc. Pressure-regulating vial access devices and methods
US11571362B2 (en) 2018-01-04 2023-02-07 Elcam Medical A.C.A.L. Vial adaptor assembly for a closed fluid transfer system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20140124528A1 (en) 2014-05-08
US20120035580A1 (en) 2012-02-09
US20110073249A1 (en) 2011-03-31
US20080249498A1 (en) 2008-10-09
US7883499B2 (en) 2011-02-08
US8512307B2 (en) 2013-08-20
US9107808B2 (en) 2015-08-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2021202662B2 (en) Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure
US9107808B2 (en) Adaptors for removing medicinal fluids from a container
US9931275B2 (en) Anti-reflux vial adaptors
EP2742925B1 (en) Vial adaptors and vials for regulating pressure

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

AS Assignment

Owner name: ICU MEDICAL, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:FANGROW, THOMAS F.;REEL/FRAME:035831/0033

Effective date: 20080523

FPAY Fee payment

Year of fee payment: 4

AS Assignment

Owner name: WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, NORTH CAROLINA

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:ICU MEDICAL, INC.;REEL/FRAME:044970/0401

Effective date: 20171108

Owner name: WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS ADMINIS

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:ICU MEDICAL, INC.;REEL/FRAME:044970/0401

Effective date: 20171108

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 8

AS Assignment

Owner name: ICU MEDICAL, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION;REEL/FRAME:058709/0165

Effective date: 20220106

AS Assignment

Owner name: WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, TEXAS

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:ICU MEDICAL, INC.;REEL/FRAME:059618/0412

Effective date: 20220106